2-NRLF

B 3

ENTOMOLOGY LIB-

THE BOOK OF
BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

THE BOOK OF
BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

A PRACTICAL MANUAL FOR COLLECTORS
AND NATURALISTS.

BY W. J. LUCAS, B.A.

WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY THE AUTHOR.

LONDON :
L. UPCOTT GILL, 170, STRAND, W.C.

1893.

LONDON :

A. BRADLEY, LONDON AND COUNTY PRINTING WORKS,
DRURY LANE, W.C.

QL.

PREFACE.

MONG the many beautiful objects which
the student of Nature finds awaiting his
attention, the Butterflies will be allowed
by most to take a very prominent place,
adding as they do another to the many
charms of the flower-decked summer-fields. To assist
the large and ever-increasing body of naturalists who
make Butterflies their pursuit, "THE BOOK OF BRITISH
BUTTERFLIES " has been written. Though primarily
intended for beginners it is not a book for mere
collectors only, but one that will assist, it is hoped,
those who take up the subject in the true entomological
spirit — a spirit that seems to be on the increase at the
present day — one that speedily transforms the collector
into an observing and experimental entomologist.

With this object in view, while a popular style
has been employed and abstruse matter has been
studiously avoided, the subject has been treated with
sufficient fulness, it is hoped, to enable anyone wishing
to do so, to work at these insects in all stages of their
life-history. It might be thought perhaps that the
Butterflies are thoroughly worked out already, but this is
quite a mistake, and the lover of this grand division of
lepidopterous insects will find that, as in all other cases,
the further he goes the more there is to learn.

VI PREFACE.

Of the earlier life-history of many species we have
very indefinite and unsatisfactory knowledge — of some,
indeed, we know scarcely anything, even of the best known
our knowledge is none too perfect. In this department
then, the aspiring naturalist has a wide field before him —
a fact which he indeed might perceive from the gaps
that occur in the present volume.

A great feature of this book is the number of illus-
trations. Most of the figures of the imagines, both
upper and under-surface, were made from the author's
drawings of the insects, but in some cases they were
prepared from photographs taken direct from nature, the
insects in the latter case being kindly lent by Messrs.
Watkins and Doncaster of 36, Strand. As often as
possible the figures of larvae and pupae were drawn from
actual specimens; but where these could not be procured
assistance was obtained from Buckler's " Larvae of the
British Butterflies," published by the Ray Society; the
larva of Danais erifpus was taken from a cut that
appeared a few years since in The Entomologist.

Descriptions of the larvae and pupae have been com-
pared with those of Buckler, Newman, and others, and
assistance sometimes was obtained from the same sources.
The periodicals on the subject have frequently been laid
under contribution, and the last twenty-one years of The
Entomologist carefully searched to see how far the records
there agreed with the usually given lists of localities.
The order, nomenclature, and synonymy of genera and
species are those of South's new " Entomologist Synonymic
List."

W. J. LUCAS.

KINGSTON-ON-THAMES,
June, 1893.

CONTENTS.

I. — INTRODUCTION . . • . . . i

II. — PAPILIONID^E . .'..... 35

III. — NYMPHALIM: ...... 74

IV. — LYC^ENID^E . . . . . . .164

V. — ERYCINID^E . . . . . . . 205

VI. — HESPERIID^E ....... 208

VII. — COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR . . . .224

GENERAL INDEX ...... 239

INDEX OF FOOD-PLANTS .... 244

THE BOOK OF

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

CHAPTER I.

INTRODUCTION.

The Butterfly's Place in Nature.

N commencing a popular account of our
British butterflies, it will doubtless not be
labour wasted if a few lines are devoted
to the consideration of what a butterfly
is, and to pointing out its proper position
in the scale of animal life. Indeed, this seems not
only expedient, but absolutely necessary, seeing that a
curious, but at the same time very general, idea prevails
that the term "animal" cannot properly be applied at
all to butterflies and other of the smaller creatures that
live and move and have their being upon the earth.
Those who possess this idea are not, of course, students
of Nature; for it would be impossible to turn over many
pages in her book without discovering that all these
creatures, however small, however simple, are endowed

B

2 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

with a tiny spark of that same unfathomable mystery — life
— which reaches its highest manifestation in man himself.

Our subject, then, is a branch of biology,* the science
that treats of life in its widest sense ; but this com-
prehensive science has two sides, which treat respectively
of life as it is manifested in animals on the one hand,
and in vegetables on the other. It is needless to say
that we are concerned with the former alone — the animal
or zoologicalf side.

Varied as are the members of the Animal Kingdom,
they may all be grouped into eight sub-kingdoms, the
highest of the eight containing the vertebrate* animals,
that is to say, those which possess a backbone and
internal skeleton ; while the animals composing the other
seven are invertebrate, having no internal skeleton.
Butterflies are found among the ^ Arthropoda^ the most
advanced of the invertebrate sub-kingdoms.

The Arthropoda contain four classes, the most highly
organised being the Insects, || which may be distinguished
by their arriving at maturity after a series of changes,
called metamorphoses, when the outer covering is cast
off and a creature appears, as a rule utterly unlike
what it was before the change. An insect in the perfect
state may further be known by its being enclosed in a
jointed envelope and by having its body divided into
three parts : the head, bearing antennae, eyes, feeding
apparatus, &c. ; the thorax, bearing six jointed legs and
four wings ; and the abdomen. Butterflies fulfil these con-
ditions and are therefore insects. It should be observed

* jSios (bios), life, \6yos (logos), an account, a description,
t C£oi> (zoon), a living thing.
I Vertebra a joint.

§ apOpov (arthron), a joint, TTOVS (po^^s), iroSos (podos), a foot; animals with
jointed legs

|| Insecta, divided into (segments).

THE BUTTERFLY'S PLACE IN NATURE. 3

that we are using the word " insect " in its strictly
scientific sense. The term is often employed in common
parlance in a very loose way, such animals as worms
and spiders being not seldom spoken of as insects. A
glance will shew that they do not comply with the
description of an insect given above. The busy little
creature that elaborates the coral is another favourite
subject for the same misnomer.

Thirteen natural orders comprise the class Insecta.
The members of the highest order but two have received
the scientific name of Lepidoptera, * or scale-winged insects,
and are characterised by having four large wings covered
with small coloured scales overlapping like the tiles on
the roof of a house. Further, the pupaef are inactive,
that is, do not move about or feed, or indeed shew
signs of what is called active life, except sometimes an
impatient wriggling of the anal extremity under irritation.

The lepidopterous order of insects is divided into two
sections, the Rhopalocera\ and the Heterocera^. The
former section contains the butterflies, || with "horns"
(antennae) more or less club-shaped ; the latter, the moths,
whose " horns " of whatever shape they may be are
never clubbed.

It is not always easy at a glance to distinguish between
butterflies and moths, but it is satisfactory to know that
butterflies cannot possibly be confused with any other
class of animals except moths, and to prevent confusion
with them the following points of difference should be

* \€iris (lepis), \€9n8os (lepidos), a scale, and Trrepa (ptera), wings,
t Pupa, an undeveloped being.

* pAiraXov (rhopalon), a club, and Kfpas (keras), a horn.
§ ercpos (heteros), other, different.

I! From the Anglo-Saxon buttor-fleoge = butterfly. So named probably from
the excreta of some species resembling butter, or may be in reference to the
colour of some of the commoner kinds.

B 2

4 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

noticed. In the first place the former all fly by day?
while most of the latter fly at night. Again, the flight
of a butterfly is in a wavy line — it flutters, as we say —
while most moths fly in a straight line, and often with
great speed. All our butterflies (except the Skippers)
repose with the wings meeting perpendicularly over
the back, so that the upper surface is hidden ; while
most moths repose with the wings arranged roof-like
over the body, disclosing the upper surface of the fore-
wings, the hind - wings being hidden beneath them.
Again, while it is the rule with moths to spin a cocoon
for the chrysalis-state, true butterflies never do so,
though the Skippers (which, however, resemble moths
in many respects) pass that state in a more or less
transparent net of silk. But the most satisfactory point
of distinction between a butterfly and a moth is to be
found in the antennae — horns, as they are popularly
called. The tips of the antennae of a butterfly are club-
shaped, giving each antenna somewhat the appearance
of a miniature drumstick wit*h a very long handle; but
the antennae of moths, on the other hand, though
variously shaped, always come to a point at the end.
Moreover a butterfly, when at rest, keeps its antennae
erect or stretched out in front of its head, whereas a
moth bends them back and places them close along the
sides of the thorax. But in connection with the last
point it will perhaps turn out when more is known
about the matter, that the group of butterflies known as
Skippers fold back their antennae in the way just men-
tioned. Indeed in The Entomologist, xvii., 49, where the
sleeping position of Nisoniades tages (Dingy Skipper) is
admirably described and figured, we find that the
antennae are represented resting along the thorax in
the manner generally adopted by moths, as noted above.

Synopsis of the Butterfly's Position among Animals.

/ i Hymenoptera
(Bees, Wasps,
Ants)

2 Coleoptera
(Beetles)

3 Lepidoptera—

4 Diptera
(Flies, Gnats,

&c.)

5 Aphaniptera

(Fleas)

6 Strepsiptera
(Stylops, &c.)

Rhopaloccra

(Butterflies)

I 2 Heterocera
V (Moths)

7 Trichoptera

i Insecta

(Caddis-flies)

i Vertebrata
(Back-boned

2 Myriopoda
(Centipedes,

8 Neuroptera
(Lacewing,&c.)

Animals)

&c.)

9 Orthoptera

2 Arthropoda— <

3 Arachnoidea
(Spiders,
Mites,

(Dragon-flies,
Cockroaches,
Locusts, &c.)

3 Mollusca
(Snails, &c.)

Scorpions)

10 Thysanoptera
(Thrips, &c.)

4 Crustacea

4 Vermes
(Worms, &c.)

(Crabs,
Lobsters,
< &c.)

ii Euplexoptera
(Earwigs)

5 Echinodermata

12 Thysanura

(Starfish, &c.)

(Sugar-lice,&c.)

6 Coelenterata

13 Rhynchota

(SeaAnemones, x (Bugs, &c.)

&c.)

7 Polystomata
(Sponges, &c.)

8 Protozoa
(Vorticellae.&c.)

6 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Life -history of a Butterfly.

A butterfly's existence commences inside an egg
very much smaller than an ordinary pin's head. These
eggs, though so small, exhibit marvellously delicate
workmanship when seen under the microscope, the
patterns varying greatly with the different species of
butterfly. The eggs must usually be sought for on the
under-side of the leaves of the plant on which the
caterpillar must feed, for the butterfly never makes a
mistake as to the kind of food that its young will require.
The eggs are hatched by the sun in a few days, except
in the case of some half-dozen butterflies, whose eggs
lie dormant till the following spring. As the time for
hatching approaches, they gradually become darker, and
a tiny creature, called a larva* or caterpillar, crawls out
through a little hole it has gnawed in one side of the
shell. The caterpillar falls to eating at once, and
doubles its weight in no time, unless it belongs to a
species which hibernates in the larval stage, when it
feeds little and grows but slowly till the next spring.
It very soon finds its coat too small, and when this
happens the little larva leaves off feeding for a time and
becomes restless, till a split occurs down the middle of
its back, and there emerges a new individual, usually
differing somewhat from the old one. This "moult,"
as it is called, is repeated at least three times, but
oftener five or six.

At last the insect reaches its full size, gives up feed-
ing for good and all, and prepares to retire from the world
for a week or two, possibly till the following spring.
Its skin is shed for the last time, and now a curious
creature appears, without legs, wings, eyes, and mouth,

* Larva, mask.

BUTTERFLY-HUNTING. 7

entirely closed up in a horny case, powerless to move,
except just to wag the hinder segments of the body.
This helpless mummy-like object is called a fupa^ or
chrysalis. The pupa may usually be found fastened by
silk of the larva's spinning to a wall, the food-plant, or
some other convenient object.

Usually after from ten to twenty days the last change
takes place, the thick end of the pupa splits open in
several directions, and the perfect insect, called an
imago* or butterfly, emerges, with large body and tiny,
damp, and rumpled wings. The butterfly suspends itself
by its legs, and begins shaking out its wings. In an
hour or so they have attained their full size, and carry
their owner off to enjoy its few weeks of sunny existence.
All that the insect has now to do is to flirt awhile, and,
if a female, lay eggs before it dies, except in the case of
a few species, which sleep through the winter, and, when
warm days return with the spring, appear again to re-
produce their kind.

Butterfly-hunting.

It is a bright sunny morning in June, with very little
wind stirring, and what there is of it coming from a
westerly or south-westerly direction — a morning as inviting
to the butterfly-hunter as it no doubt is to the insects he
would like to capture. Let the former sally forth with
the expectation that if butterflies, due at that time of
the year, are to be found in his district, he will have
a fair hope of taking them. He need not reach his
hunting-ground much before nine, for very few butterflies
are on the wing earlier than that; nor, however enthu-
siastic he may be, will he find it of much use to remain

* Imago, distinct and perfect form.

8 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

out later than half-past four or five, though he will
doubtless always find a few individuals on the wing
almost from sunrise to sunset.

In general the best spots for butterflies are clearings
in woods, or meadows and pathways by the side of them.
Some butterflies, such as the Purple Emperor, the White
Admiral, the Wood White, the Purple Hairstreak, and
many Fritillaries, are scarcely ever found elsewhere.
Several, among them being most of the Whites and
Vanessas, are friendly enough to visit us in our streets
and gardens. Many are common everywhere, others are
equally scarce, while some again are local, that is, only
to be found in particular spots, though often plentiful
enough there. A few haunt marshy places, some must
be sought for on heaths, others again prefer the chalk,
and one or two are found upon the mountains; in fact,
it would be hard to name many spots in a state of
nature and to which the sunshine can penetrate, where
butterflies of some kind are not to be found.

In dull weather, or when butterflies have retired for
the night, they may often be found in their sleeping-
places, though it usually needs a sharp eye to detect
them there, for most, if not all, sleep mid surroundings
with which they harmonise so well that they are easily
passed over on a cursory glance. This is especially the
case with the Blues, the Small Copper, the Marbled
White, the Orange-tip, and the Vanessas.

The only apparatus required for use in the field
are a net to catch the butterflies, and a box or boxes
of some kind to hold them when caught.

The most convenient form of net is the ordinary ring-
net (Fig. i). The bag is made of gauze, either silk or
cotton. If the latter material be used, it must first be
well washed to remove the glazing that gives stiffness to

BUTTERFLY-HUNTING.

it. Most people affect green, though white is sometimes

used — I prefer the former, as being less conspicuous to an

onlooker, if not to the butterfly. The bag should be a little

shorter than one's arm, so that the bottom may be easily

reached, and should on no account end in a point, or

butterflies will seem to take a delight in finding their

way there, and require a great deal of getting out, to the

almost certain damage of their plumage.

The bag must be fastened to a ring of

cane or stiff wire, and this again firmly

fixed to a handle at least as long as an

ordinary walking-stick. The top of the

net had better be bound with some

material stouter than gauze, or it will

very soon be torn away from the ring.

It is especially important that the net

should be firmly made, for nothing is

so tantalising as to lose a good insect

in consequence of the net falling to pieces

at the moment of striking.

Many entomologists have a dislike —
no doubt a natural one — to be seen in
the streets of a town carrying a net
to the field of operations, so dealers
in natural history requisites supply nets
of various kinds that can be folded up
and put out of sight. The most convenient one, in
my opinion, consists of a three-jointed cane ring
(Fig. 2) on which the hem of the net slides, the
parts being hinged together and finished with brass
fittings. The ends of the ring fit into the two forks
of a brass Y'tube, while a walking-stick fits into
the stem. This net is a very neat affair, and can be
thoroughly trusted to do the work required of it. I

FIG. i.
GAUZE RING-NET.

10 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

have had such a one in use for several years, and it
is still in good working order. The best method of
wielding the net will be learnt from experience. The
novice will not be long in discovering that it seldom

FIG. 2. MECHANISM OF FOLDING RING-NET.

pays to try to chase a butterfly down. In the majority
of cases it is much better to watch it to its resting-place,
and try and take it there. Should a successful stroke be
made and the butterfly caught, a sharp turn of the wrist
will close the net and keep the insect a prisoner.

BUTTERFLY-HUNTING. II

We have next to kill the butterfly. No attempt
must by any chance be made to touch it till it has
ceased fluttering and closed its wings over its back.
Then a sharp nip of its body at the insertion of the
legs, given by means of the finger and thumb, usually
settles the matter, or at least renders the insect quies-
cent. This nip can be given through the gauze. The
butterfly may now be allowed to fall from the net into
the open hand, and a proper entomological pin must be
thrust carefully and in a perfectly upright position
through the very centre of its thorax.

If the collector does not mind the trouble of taking a
cyanide-bottle to the field, he can kill his captures
before handling them at all. To make a cyanide-bottle,
a wide-mouthed stoppered bottle, holding about 5oz. or
6oz., should be procured, and about Joz. of potassium
cyanide (KCN) put into it. Next a somewhat thin
paste of plaster of Paris and water should be made,
and poured over the potassium cyanide till there is
a layer about lin. deep. When this sets, the cyanide-
bottle is made. But as one can be purchased for a
small sum, and potassium cyanide is exceedingly poison-
ous, it is perhaps as well to buy one. The poisonous
vapour of the cyanide (smelling somewhat like almonds)
penetrating the layer of plaster of Paris stupefies and
finally kills the butterfly placed in the bottle.* Insects
bred at home had better always be killed by this means.

Some of our readers might like to make a killing-
bottle by folding a piece of cyanide in paper, and
securing it by means of sealing-wax or other adhesive
to the bottom of a bottle. As, however, in this case,
the poison is more readily accessible to inquisitive fingers,
care should be taken to keep the bottle out of harm's way.

* The vapour, being exceedingly poisonous, should not be breathed.

12 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The butterfly, then, being killed by one means or the
other, and properly pinned, must then be placed in a
collecting-box. These had better be bought, as they are
very cheap indeed, and an amateur would probably not
succeed very well in making them. They are light deal
boxes lined, either at the bottom only or at both top
and bottom, with cork. It is of course an advantage to
have them as large as possible consistent with going easily
into the pocket, and, if both top and bottom are going
to be used, care should be taken that they are deep
enough to prevent the pins on one side from destroying
the insects on the other.

On a hot day the small butterflies sometimes begin
to get stiff before they can be taken home to the
setting-boards ; or in the height of the season the
numbers taken may make it impossible for all to be set
at the time. To obviate this difficulty the dealers sell
zinc relaxing-boxes. These are cork lined : hot water is
poured over the cork and the superfluous moisture
wiped away ; the little moisture remaining in the box
keeps the air inside damp for some time. These boxes
will not, however, be often needed in the field, and
never for the larger butterflies. Others again prefer to
take their specimens home alive, each in a small box,
and this of course is imperative if there is at any
time a desire to obtain eggs from a captured female.

Breeding.

There is another way of procuring perfect insects — by
breeding them ; and there are three stages at which
breeding may be commenced, from the egg, from the
larva, or from the pupa. The last is the simplest — all
that has to be done is to keep the pupa as nearly as
possible in a state of nature and wait till the imago

BREEDING. 13

appears ; then a few hours later to kill and set it. If
breeding from the egg is going to be tried, the eggs
must be attached to the food-plant, so that the food
may be at hand as soon as the larvae come out. Of
course caterpillars thrive best on actual living plants, and
they may often be left to themselves on one without
much fear of their moving from it until the time for
pupating draws near. If it is not thought well to give
them carte blanche in this way, a bag of gauze may be
tied over them and the branch on which they are
feeding. In the event of the food-plant being small, it
is an excellent plan to have it growing in a flower-pot,
covering the whole either with gauze or with a glass
cylinder capped with gauze.

If preferred, larvae may be reared indoors in some
kind of cage : a tin or chip box, or something of
that kind, a few inches in diameter, and eight or ten
inches high, will do very nicely. On the floor of this
cage a couple of inches of fine earth or sand had
better be strewn. In the centre of this layer of earth
should be placed a narrow-necked bottle containing a
sprig of the food-plant. A little cotton-wool round
the stem will make it fit the bottle, and so remove
the chance of small larvae being drowned. About a
dozen eggs having been fastened on the sprig,
the top of the cage must be covered with gauze to
prevent the escape of the larvae. It is as well, if a
tin box is used, to make the inside of it rough, so
that the caterpillars may be able to reach the food-plant
again should they fall from it. The box may be
roughened by smearing it with moist sand. When
renewing the food-plant, the larvae must on no account
be lifted with the fingers : they should be shaken from the
old to the new twigs, or at most, be lightly touched with

14 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

a camel-hair brush. As the larvae increase in size they
must be separated to prevent overcrowding. When the
time for pupating is near, the old twigs must be searched
to see that there are no chrysalides upon them, for most
butterflies, except the genus Pieris, pupate on the stems
or on the backs of the leaves of the food-plant, or, in
the case of a few butterflies, at their roots. The cages
I have just described should be the minimum as
regards size, for the more room larvae have, the better
they thrive. Larger arid more elaborate ones, in
which a greater number of larvae may live together,
can be prepared on the same principle ; or very
neat and useful cages may be bought very cheaply
at the natural history dealers'.

Note-making.

When breeding or collecting, let me recommend every-
one to keep a note-book, and enter therein with the date
everything that seems in the slightest degree worth re-
cording. It may not appear of much consequence at the
moment, but may perhaps be exactly the link needed to
connect two chains of facts at a future date. This at
once raises the pursuit of entomology far above a mere
hobby; and since insects are to be found practically
everywhere, and, though at times useful, more often cause
us great inconvenience, if nothing worse, a simple dis-
covery in connection with them might perhaps prove of
inestimable benefit to the human race. Even if nothing
else should result, it is always interesting to be able to refer
at odd moments to some records of the past, and, like a
soldier, on winter evenings to fight one's battles over again.

The following scheme, which may be amplified to meet
individual requirements, will perhaps be of use to those
collectors who keep a note-book, as suggested above :

NOTE-MAKING. 15

A. EGG.

a. Description.

1. Shape.

2. Colour.

3. Markings.

4. Size.

b. When laid. — Whether more than once a year — whether winter
is passed in this state.

c. Where laid. — The plant, and what part of it.

d. How laid. — Whether singly, or in groups of how many.

B. LARVA.

a. Description.

1. Shape.

2. Colour.

3. Markings.

4. Size.

5. Smooth, or covered with hairs or spines.

6. Variations in these respects.

b. Food-plant or -plants.

c. Date of hatching — hibernation (if winter is passed at this stage).

d. Number of moults and changes at moulting.

e. Difficulties, &c., experienced in breeding.

C. PUPA.

a. Description.

1. Shape.

2. Colour.

3. Markings.

4. Size.

5. Variations in these respects.

b. Choice of place for pupating.

c. Method of support of pupa (cocoon, if any).

d. Date of pupating — hibernation (if winter is passed at this stage).

D. IMAGO.

a. Description.

1. Shape of wings and antennae.

2. Number and use of legs.

3. Colour.

4. Markings.

5. Size.

6. Variations in these respects.

1 6 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

b. Difference between male and female, and in what proportion

taken or bred.

c. Date of coming out and ceasing to fly. Hibernation (if winter

is passed at this stage).

d. If more than one brood, dates, and differences between them.

e. Manner of flying, favourite resting-places, time of day and

state of weather when on the wing.

f. Localities, and local varieties, with causes, if possible.

g. Peculiar habits, &c.

h. Parasites and other enemies.

Setting.

We will suppose we have a butterfly, freshly caught.
How is it to be set ? It will not, as many people
seem to imagine, of its own accord arrange its wings
and antennae in such a way as to make it fit for
the cabinet. We must first have setting-boards, which may
either be manufactured by the collector or bought ready
made. Since they are very cheap, it is better to adopt
the latter alternative. Four or five sizes will be required
in order to suit the size of the bodies of the different
butterflies and the stretch of their wings. There are
two types of setting-board : one with the surface of the
slope curved, the other not. In the natural state, I
suppose, a butterfly never does curve its wings ; but,
personally, I must confess I prefer a butterfly set
on a curved setting-board, if the curve is not too
pronounced. Vertical sections of the two types of board
are given in Figs. 3 and 4. It will be seen that they
have a deal base covered with an upper surface of cork,
and there is a strip of cork, about £in. thick, glued
along the groove that is to contain the butterfly's body.
Some people manage to dispense with the cork, and use
setting-boards made entirely of deal; but it is false
economy — pins are easily blunted, and the slightest
touch knocks them out of the wood, and in this way

SETTING. 17

specimens are often spoilt even where the utmost care is
exercised. The surface of the setting-board should be
covered with a layer of unglazed white paper — plain
cork will rub . the under-surface of the wings. 'On
the Continent setting-boards are not sloped, and the
groove is very deep, so that the butterfly appears with
its wings perfectly flat and fixed lin. or more up the
pin, producing an effect which appears to me anything
but agreeable. When buying foreign specimens of

FIGS. 3 and 4. VERTICAL SECTIONS OF SETTING-BOARDS.
a, cork; 6, deal.

our scarcer English butterflies this should be recollected,
and, unless specimens set in the Continental fashion are
preferred, they should be asked for set in the English
way.

The setting-boards being disposed of, we may next con-
sider the question of pins. It is clear that for such a
delicate subject as a butterfly's body, ordinary pins are
altogether unsuitable, and the proper ones must be
bought from a dealer in natural history requisites.
Entomological pins are much more slender than the

c

1 8 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

ordinary ones, and have very inconspicuous heads.
They are made in all sizes, to suit all sorts of insects.
Three very good sizes for most butterflies are Nos. 8, 9, and
10 ; but if they are going to be used for moths as well
as butterflies, it is perhaps a .good thing to buy them
mixed. Plain white mixed pins are is. an ounce, but
they can be obtained for double; the price gilt or covered
with black enamel, and these are worth the extra cost,
as grease will not act upon them. It must be
remembered that entomological pins will stand very
little pressure without bending, and that the points are
turned very easily, even by trying to push them through
glazed paper.

Setting-needles, for arranging the wings, antennae, and
so on, are readily made by inserting the eye-end of an
ordinary sewing-needle in a twig of green wood. As
the wood dries it contracts, and the needle is firmly
held in position.

We now come to the 'actual setting. The butterfly
should be held in the left hand by the under- side of
the body, and the pin thrust very carefully through
the centre of the thorax in a perfectly upright manner.
This is very important, as in a case a badly-pinned
butterfly spoils the look of a whole row. The insect is
now put on the board with the body nicely arranged
in the groove. , If the abdomen does not dispose itself
properly, it must be kept in position by pins stuck into
the board. Now comes the difficult part of setting—-
the arranging of the wings without damaging them. Of
course, the simplest thing to do would be to bring one
wing into position and stick a fine pin through it; and
so on until all four were arranged. No doubt, in many
cases the holes so made in the wings would not be
apparent ; but in others they most certainly would, so

SETTING. IQ

another method must be found. Many use triangular
slips of thin, smooth cardboard (Fig. 5), and as soon as
a wing has been carefully drawn into position with the
setting-needle, one is pinned down over :the margin to
keep that wing in place till the others are arranged in
the same way. A very good method, which is illus-
trated in Fig. 6, is to have some square pieces of cork
with a shoemaker's bristle thrust through each somewhat
obliquely. The cork is fastened to the setting-board
with a pin, and the bristle will then be found to

FIG. 5. METHOD OF SETTING WITH CARDBOARD BRACES.

exercise considerable pressure on the board, and will
hold the wings in the same manner as the cardboard
slips. It has this advantage— that it does not hide the
wings or interfere with the braces that are to come
afterwards. It is extremely important to be able to
see all the wings well at once to ensure their being
arranged symmetrically.

Others use a piece of quill for the same purpose and
in the same way, the quill of course having the curved
surface on the butterfly.

C 2

20 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

My own plan is quite a different one. After the
butterfly has been pinned in the groove, a small strip of
paper (called a brace) is taken and one end pinned
down, as in the lower part of Fig. 6, over the costal
margin of one of the fore-wings. Next holding the
other end of the brace between the thumb and first
finger of the left hand, the two wings on one side are
carefully disposed by the aid of a setting-needle held in
the right. When both wings are thus drawn into posi-
tion, the strip of paper is brought down over them
with the left hand and kept in place by a pin. The
other side having been similarly treated, other strips are
put over the edges of the wings to prevent their curl-
ing as they dry. In my opinion, these braces are best
made of transparent tracing-paper, so that the general out-
line of the butterfly may be seen through them (as shown
in the lower part of Fig. 6). It is then possible to be
quite certain, when the setting is finished, that the wings
on the two sides are properly balanced.

The wings being arranged, the abdomen and antennae
must next be very carefully attended to, and held in
their proper places by pins. The legs, too, of those
butterflies that are intended to show the under-surface
will require attention, for it looks very untidy to see all
the legs pointing in different directions. The legs, by
the way, are very easily broken off.

But one step now remains — to dry the butterflies that
have been set. They must be kept out of the dust, and
should, if possible, be placed in a current of air.
Drying-houses made for the express purpose may be
bought, but the expense is considerable, and they seem
to me to be quite unnecessary for the ordinary collector.
Everybody with a little searching can find a safe place
for his setting-boards ; but he must recollect that cock-

SETTING.

21

roaches and other animals, to which the body of a
butterfly seems a dainty morsel, have wings as well as
legs. Cockroaches no doubt are good things in their

FIG. 6. METHODS OF SETTING BUTTERFLIES WITH BRISTLES
AND PAPER BRACES.

proper place, wherever that place may be, but it is
certainly not on the setting-board of an entomologist,
and their presence must be carefully guarded against.

22 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Unless the air is damp, the butterflies will be dry in
about a week ; the large ones may take a little longer
time, and the small ones a little less, but no harm is
ever done by leaving them too long on the setting-
board. I have generally found that those set to shew the
under-surface are better for being a little longer on the
boards. When time is an object, as sometimes on the
last day or so of a holiday, I see no reason why
butterflies (not moths) should not be dried by heat. I
have made use of this method on one or two occasions,
and no harm resulted. This should only be resorted to,
however, in a case of necessity, and the butterflies
should never be put on a board not covered with
paper, for resin is apt to exude from the wood and
fasten them down.

Relaxing.

Many a collector of butterflies and moths, especially if
he is a novice at his craft, will no doubt find when he
begins to overhaul his captures that many of them are
not set as nicely as he would wish, and it may be that
in the height of the hunting-season some even were put
away without being set at all. The question will arise,
what should be done by anyone who happens to
find himself in this position, that he may make pre-
sentable his Purple Emperors and other rarities which
he certainly cannot do without, but which with equal
certainty he may not be able to put into the body of
his collection in their present condition?

The first thing to do with a butterfly that requires
re-setting is to relax it ; that is, to reduce its wings,
antennae, and so on, to the same " lax " condition as
they were in when the animal was alive. Drying an
insect means getting rid of all moisture from its

: ; RELAXING. 23

system; it is clear then, that in order to relax one,
water must be re-introduced. In the case of a beetle,
this is easily done by putting it into warm water for a
few moments ; but this treatment is much too rough for
the delicate wings of a butterfly. It must ^be placed
instead in moist air, warm by preference. There are
zinc boxes made for this purpose, and to be bought
at the dealers' for about a couple of shillings. These
are lined with cork, hot water is poured over the cork,
the superfluous water wiped off, and the butterfly shut
in. Another method is to put the butterfly into a
tightly-closed vessel containing bruised young laurel-leaves.
But these two plans are more suitable for keeping re-
laxed insects that cannot be set directly they are caught,
than for relaxing those that have become thoroughly
dry. In dealing with the latter I prefer to act as
follows : place on the bottom of some vessel, such as
a pudding-dish, or something of that kind, a layer of
moistened sand that has been thoroughly baked to kill
all vegetable and animal germs. Over this, but not
touching it or .the sides of the vessel, place the butter-
flies to be relaxed. Put a fairly close-fitting cover over
them, and stand the whole in an oven that is getting
cool. In this way the insects will be relaxed with
comparative speed and, it seems to me, with less
detriment to their appearance. Insects that have been
relaxed must be left on the setting-boards longer than
those that have been freshly caught, jor .they are apt .to
spring to their old' position. . In every case strict watch
must be kept to prevent mould from growing on them
while they are damp. Before leaving this part of the
subject, I would say, never relax an insect if possible,
for it is almost certain to Jose some of its freshness,
even if nothing worse befall it, .;

24 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Butterflies in the Cabinet.

The butterflies being caught and properly set, What is
to be done with them ? Shall they be arranged in a
glass-topped case to form some elaborate design — gorgeous
and beautiful, no doubt, to anyone who can forget
the waste of life necessary to produce it — and leave them
there to lose their colours from exposure to the daylight?
But such a question need scarcely be asked ; for every true
entomologist will be too careful of his captures to treat
them thus. He knows that if he wishes to preserve their
rich colours he must keep them in darkness. Moreover,

FIG. 7. STORE-CASE.

each insect will have to him an individuality which must
be preserved — not lost amidst a blaze of splendour.

To attain these two objects — preservation of colour
and individuality — a cabinet or cases of some kind must
be provided. A beginner probably will not at first be so
ambitious as to think of the former, but will for a time,
at least, content himself with the latter. He may perhaps
aspire to a properly-constructed cabinet at a later date,
when his collection approaches completion ; but he need
not do so even then, for he can preserve it very well
indeed in neat store-cases (Fig. 7), which can be pur-

FOES. 25

chased very cheaply. We will, however, say this much
about cabinets : to be of any use they must be thoroughly
well made, and that by some one who understands their
use. Cheapness is therefore out of the question — so
much so, that a good secondhand cabinet will generally
fetch as much as when it was new.

The store-cases referred to above are made of thin,
light deal, and resemble large collecting-boxes. They are
corked and papered top and bottom, and are made to
close very tightly, so as to exclude as nearly as possible
the external air, and with it the enemies to the insects
within. Store-cases are made in several sizes, the most
convenient, in my opinion, being the two whose measure-
ments are loin, by Sin. and nin. by i6in. Two of the
former are equal in length to one of the latter, and of
nearly the same width. They are both 2fin. in depth.

Foes.

Preserved butterflies have many enemies, which must
be carefully guarded against. Cockroaches, clothes-moths,
small beetles, and such animals will get at them if the
slightest chance is given ; but these are large enough to
be easily fought against. The worst enemies, mites (dust-
lice, Fig. 8) and mould, are much more insidious. Mites
are so small that, let the cases be closed as tightly as
they may, there will probably still be space enough for
them to enter, and enter they will unless deterred in
some way. Camphor was generally prescribed for this
purpose. Camphor, however, will not destroy mites : at
the most it will only tend to prevent their appearing ;
but let them once get into a case, camphor will not drive
them away. A more powerful agent — naphthalene — is now
used a great deal. As long as this is present the butter-
flies are almost or quite safe. Just as camphor is, it

26

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

should be placed in the cells of the drawers of the
cabinet, and wrapped in paper and pinned in one corner
of the store-cases. An already affected specimen, generally
discovered by the small heap of dust beneath it, had
better be dipped in benzine, and then blown upon till
the benzine has evaporated. The mites will be killed,
the colours of the butterfly will not be affected, and
through the draught caused by blowing the hairs will

Dorsal View.

Ventral View.

FIG. 8. THE MITE OF THE INSECT CABINET FROM LIFE
(magnified 375 diameters).

not be much the worse. Attention may here be directed
to an improved form of store-case recently brought- out,
in which an invisible naphthalene cell in ingeniously
provided.

As regards mould, its spores are quite invisible, and
are almost always present in the airr waiting for a suit-
able medium whereon to germinate. Since it is next to
impossible to get a case intended to be opened that is

FOES. 27

perfectly air-tight — and if not so, the spores can certainly
enter — we must try to keep our cases in such . a spot
that the spores will not be able to find sufficient
moisture to allow them to germinate, and very little
moisture is required for such a tiny fungoid growth.

Many prefer to take the bull by the horns and poison
their specimens, which will then be perfectly safe against
attacks of either mould or mites. The poison used is
mercuric chloride (HgCl2), commonly called corrosive
sublimate, which must be dissolved , in spirits of wine
(or . methylated spirit). A, given amount of spirit will only
dissolve a certain quantity -of the chloride; if too much
is put in, some will remain undissolved at the bottom
of the bottle. More spirit must then be added, for a
moderately weak solution of mercuric chloride will be
sufficient for our purpose. Let the butterflies be steeped
in this and then dried in a current :of air. The colours,
which at first disappear, will return as bright as before,
and the specimens will be impregnated .with the poison,
and may be placed with mites or mould without any
fear. There are two drawbacks, however, to its use —
the hairs and scales are not always as velvety in appear-
ance as before its application, and then, corrosive subli-
mate is as deadly a poison to men as to mites and
mould. Specimens affected with mould should be
placed in benzine, and when dried the mould should be
rubbed off with a camel-hair brush.

Fortunately, unlike moths, butterflies are seldom affected
with grease ; if any are, they will probably he the :Vanessas.
Should a specimen that cannot be destroyed, be so affected,
probably the best thing to do is to steep it in benzine
collas, and, when the superfluous liquid has been taken
off with blotting-paper, to sprinkle over it fuller's-earth,
magnesia, or French chalk. After leaving it for some

28 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

hours this must be brushed off with a camel-hair brush,
and the insect may look fairly presentable again.

Arrangement in the Cabinet or Cases.

Now to place the butterflies in the store-cases or
cabinet. They must of course be arranged so that the
pins on which they are set are upright and in parallel
lines. If the collection is so complete that the insects
are likely to remain permanently where they are placed,
each row had better be separated from the next by a line
ruled on the paper. The space should be wide enough
to contain the largest butterfly that occurs in the column.
There must in most instances be at least four specimens
of each species, to shew the upper and under surfaces of
both male and female ; but in general, room will also
have to be found for varieties and aberrations. So that,
although there are but about sixty-eight British butterflies,
probably a complete collection would contain not less
than four or five hundred specimens, even if chrysalides
and preserved larvae were not added.

Next comes the naming : and here let me advise every-
one to employ the scientific names as much as possible,
since they are easily learned and are understood by en-
tomologists throughout the world. In the first drawer or
case the first column should start with the family name
Papilionida. Under that would come the name of the
first genus, Papilio. Next would follow as many specimens
of the first -species of that genus as were needed, and
under them the specific name, machaon. We should,
perhaps, next put in a purchased specimen of P. poda-
lirius, placing its specific name, podalirius^ beneath it.
Then would follow the name of the second genus, Aporia,
followed by specimens of the only species, and then the
specific name cratagi^ and so on.

ARRANGEMENT IN THE CABINET OR CASES. 29

In the following list, the families, genera, and species
of British butterflies are set out in order :

Nat. Ord. LEPIDOPTERA.
SECTION RHOPALOCERA (Butterflies).

Family I. Papilionidae. — Larva, cylindrical, smooth or slightly
hairy; pupa, fastened by the tail, and supported head
upwards by a girdle of silk ; imago, with six perfect legs
adapted for walking. There are eleven species, the
colouring of which is almost entirely confined to white,
black, and different shades of yellow.

1. Papilio viachaon (Linnaeus).

2. Aporia cratcegi (Linn.).

3. Pier is brassicce (Linn.).

4. ,, rapce (Linn.).

5. ,, napi (Linn.).

6. ,, daplidice (Linn.).

7« Euchloe cardamines (Linn.).

8. Leucophasia sinapis (Linn.).

9. Colias hyale (Linn.).

10. ,, edusa (Fabricius).

11. Gonopteryx rhamni (Linn.).

II. Nymphalidae. — Larva, cylindrical, either spine-bearing or having
a forked tail or two horns at the head ; pupa, with the head
downwards, attached by the tail only; imago, with the
anterior pair of legs but partly developed, so that four legs
only are adapted for walking. There are thirty species,
comprising the Fritillaries, Vanessas, Ringlets, &c.

12. Argynnis selene (Schiffermiiller).

13. ,, euphrosyne (Linn.).

14. ,, latona (Linn.).

15. ,, aglaia (Linn.).

1 6. ,, adippe (Linn.).

17. ,, paphia (Linn.).

1 8. Melitaa aurinia (Rottemburg).

19. ,, cinxia (Linn.).

20. ,, athalia (Rott.).

21. Vanessa C -album (Linn.).

22. ,, polychloros (Linn.).

23. „ urtica (Linn.).

3O THE BOOK. OF .BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

24. Vanessa io (Linn.).

25. ,, aittiopa (Linn.).

26. ,, atalanta (Linn.).

27. ,, ' cdrdui (Linn.).

28. Limenitis sibylla (Linn.).

29. Afatura iris (Linn.). .
y>.~ Danais erippus (Cramer).

31. Melanargia galatea. (Linn.).

32. Erebia epiphron'](K.Tioc\i).
. 33. „ cethiops (Espe'r).

34. Pararge egeria (Linn.).

35- >> megcera (Linn.).,

36. Satyrus semele (Linn.).

37. Epinephele ianira (Linn.).

38. ,, iiihomis (Linn.).

39. ,, hyperanthes (Linn.).

40. Ccenonympha typhon (Rott.).

41. ,, pamphihis (Linn.).

Ill, Lycaenidae. — Larva> short and stout, woodlouse-shaped ; pupa^
supported as in Papiliomdce ; imago, with six legs adapted
for walking, as in Papilionida. Th^re are eighteen species,
comprising the Hairstreaks, Coppers, and Blues.

42. Thecla ^//^,;(Linn.).

43- • •:„; ' W*all>um (Krtoch).

44. ,, pruni. ^(Linn.).

45. ,, .quercus (Linn.).

46. ,, . rubi (Linn.).

^47. Polyommatus dispar (Haworth).

48. , ,, r phlccas (Linn.).

49. Lycana. .b&tica (Linn.).

50. ,, argiades (Pallas).,

51. ,, agon (Schiff.).

52. ,, astrarche (Bergstrasser).

53. , icams (Rott.).

54. ,, bellargits (Rott.). ,

55. ,, corydon (Fabr.).

56. ,, argiolus ,(^L\ws\.}.

57. ,, semiargus (Rott.).

58. ;,, minima (Fuessly).

59. ,, arion (Linn.).

TERMS DESCRIPTIVE. OF LA.RVA, PUPA, AND IMAGO. 31

IV. Erycinidae. — Larva^ short and stout, woodlouse-shaped, some-

what hairy; pupa, supported as in Papilionidce ; imago, male,
as UL NymphaJida, having four legs only adapted for walking,
while the female has six, as in Papilionidce. There is but
one species, which is brown with yellowish spots.

60. Nemeobius lucina (Linn.).

V. Hesperiidae. — Larva, head large and the segments that follow

narrower, smooth ; pupa, in a slight cocoon among the leaves
&c., of the food-plant ; imago, with six legs adapted for
walking ; antenna, which in two species are slightly hooked,
widely separated by the broad head ; at rest the hind-wings
are nearly horizontal. The seven species bear the common
name of Skippers, from their short, abrupt flight.

61. Syrichthus malvce (Linn.).

62. Nisoniades tages (Linn.).

63. Hesperia thaumas (Hiifnagel).

64. ,, lineola -fOchsenheimer).

65. ,, actaon ^Rott.).

66. „ -sylvanus, (Esper).

67. ,, comma (Linn.).

68. Carterocephahis paJamon, (Pallas).

Terms used in Describing the Larva, Pupa,
and Imago of a Butterfly.

Before proceeding to take the British butterflies
seriatim, it will be necessary briefly to call attention to
the chief terms used in describing them in their three
stages — larva, pupa, and imago. The larva of Papilio
machaon (Fig. 9) may be taken as the type of all
butterfly caterpillars. It has ahv^s thirteen rings, or
segments as they are usually called, the head being
reckoned as one, a%d that -the first. A is the anterior,
and L the anal extremity of the body ; B, c, and D are
the three pairs of true, jointed legs ; E, F, G, H, and K,
the five pairs of claspers— -protuberances of the skin,
which do not reappear in the^ imago. The legs are always
on the second, third, and fourth segments, and the

32

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

claspers on the seventh, eighth, ninth, tenth, and thir-
teenth. The second, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth,

FIG. 9. DIAGRAM OF LARVA.

tenth, eleventh, and twelfth segments bear each two
spiracles (breathing-holes), one on each side.

3 js 3

FIG. 10. DIAGRAMS OF PUPA.

As an example of the chrysalis-stage (Fig. 10) three
positions of the chrysalis of Pieris brassiccz have been
chosen ; the first giving a lateral, the second a dorsal,

TERMS DESCRIPTIVE OF LARVA, PUPA, AND IMAGO. 33

and the third a ventral view. A, in the direction of
the head, will be the anterior extremity; and B, the
anal, terminating in a hooked tail; c is the covering
of the eye ; D, of the wings ; and E, of the tongue, an-
tennae, and legs ; F is the thorax ; and G, the abdomen,
bearing two lateral ridges (H) and a dorsal one (K).

FIG. ii. DIAGRAMS OF IMAGO.

As examples of the imago (Fig. n), figures of Papilio
machaon, Vanessa C-album, Melanargia galatea, and
Pieris brassiccz, have been taken. The hind-margin of
the hind-wings (o) of the first is tailed, of the second
angled, of the third scalloped, of the fourth rounded ;
while the fore-wings (ri) of the first, third, and fourth
are rounded, and of the second angled like the hind-wings.

D

34

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

c is the head, bearing (a) antennae, (d) palpi, eyes,
&c. ; e is the thorax, and / the abdomen ; b is the
costal margin of each wing, reaching from the thorax
to the tip (g) ; k is the hind-margin, reaching from the
tip (g) to the anal angle (/) ; h is the inner margin,
reaching from the anal angle (/) to the base of the
wing, that is, where it joins the thorax ; m is the tail.

CHAPTER II.

PAPILIONID/E.

Papilio, Linn.

HE queen of British butterflies — the first
in rank as well as beauty — belongs to the
genus Papilio* at once the type of its
family, the Papilionidce, and of the whole
tribe of butterflies. The superiority in size
combined with the possession of the long swallow-tail on
each hind-wing at once separates this from every other
British genus. But we may further note that the larva is
cylindrical in form and smooth, that the pupa is attached
by the tail and kept in an upright position by a band of
silk round the upper part of the body (Fig. 15), and that
the perfect insect has six legs that it can use in walking,
and the knob of the antennae somewhat elongated. One
species only, Papilio machaon, can be reckoned as
British, though record has been made of the capture, now
many years since, of one or two specimens of P. poda-
lirius (Scarce Swallow-tail, Fig. 16) — scarce, that is, as

* Papilio, a butterfly.

D 2

36 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

far as our islands are concerned, for it is a common
butterfly on the Continent.

P. machaon, Linn. (Swallow-tail) (Figs. 12 to 15),
though much sought after for the cabinet, is not easily
caught, even if the would-be possessor should happen to
be in one of the few districts where it may still be
found, for it majestically sails along, by the help of its
large and powerful wings, with great speed and almost
in a straight course, or sometimes soars aloft perfectly
safe from the pursuer's net. Why this species should be
named after Machaon, a physician, one of the sons of
^Esculapius, who accompanied the Greek army against
Troy, it is hard to see ; but the name being once given,
it is quite clear why his brother's name, Podalirius, should
be bestowed on the second species of the genus.

The larva (Fig. 14), which is often nearly 2 Jin. long,
and feeds on various umbelliferous plants, especially the
Marsh Hog's Fennel (Peucedanum palustre), the common
Fennel (Faniculum vulgare\ and the wild Carrot (Daucus
Carota), should be looked for from June to August or
even September. It is a lively green in colour, and
carries behind the head a reddish, two-pronged projection,
which it can protrude and retract at pleasure, and which,
by emitting a strong-smelling liquid, is supposed to keep
off its enemies. The head is marked with black, and
there is a velvety black band separating the segments,
while another crosses the middle of each segment trans-
versely. Each of these latter bands bears six orange dots,
except the first and the last, on which they are fewer
or wanting. A black dot or two below the termina-
tion of the bands, and another on each of the legs and
claspers, except those of the thirteenth segment, complete
the marking of the handsomest representative of our
butterfly caterpillars.

PAPILIO MACHAON.

38 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

In appearance the chrysalis (Fig. 15) is rather alder-
manic : it may be found during late autumn, winter,
and early spring, attached to dry reeds and similar plants.
The colour is usually bright yellowish dorsally, greenish
ventrally, with decidedly green wing-cases and head, and
a row of ill-defined green spots along each side. There
are several protuberances on the anterior part of the
body, which is bluntly two-lobed. A variety often occurs
with brownish markings instead of green.

The perfect insect, which is often 3fin. across the
expanded wings, comes out in May, and continues to be
seen till August. A reference to Fig. 12 will show the
sharp-pointed fore-wings, and the beautifully scalloped
hind-wings with the long tail on their hind-margin. It
will be noticed that the abdomen does not lie in a fold
of the hind-wings, as with so many butterflies, but the
wings are hollowed out to make room for it. The ground-
colour of all the wings is dull yellow. On the upper
surface there is a band of black crossing both wings
near the hind-margin, the middle of the band being
sprinkled with yellow dust on the fore-wings and blue
on the hind ones. Outside this band is a row of yellow
spots, succeeded by a black border, which last is followed
by a yellowish margin. The base of the wings is black,
with yellow dust, and the nervures are bordered with
black, while there is a good deal of black along the
costal margin. Each hind-wing bears a large red eye-
spot at the anal angle. The colouring of the under-
surface (Fig. 13) closely resembles that of the upper;
but there is much less black, and what there is, is much
more thickly powdered. There are three additional red
spots on the hind-wings. The sexes are similar.

In Scotland and Ireland the Swallow-tail has, perhaps,
never been found ; but many of the counties of England

APOR1A. 39

have at times supplied it, at least singly, though probably
most of those that turn up now and again in unexpected
places have escaped from captivity. Its chief home now
is in the Fens about Cambridge, Huntingdon, and Nor-
folk, two favourite localities being Ranworth Fen and
Wicken Fen, but it is there less plentiful than formerly,
and it is to be feared that, as the drainage of the Fens
goes on, it will share the fate of the Large Copper, and
become extinct as far as our islands are concerned.

FIG 16. PAPILIO PODALIRIUS.

Though it is, of course, a good thing that the Fens
should be drained and cultivated, yet we could not help
feeling regret should this remove from our list such an
exquisite butterfly as Papilio machaon.

Aporia, Hiibner.

Aporia^ the next genus, contains but one British
species, cratcegi (Fig. 17), and even this has some-

40 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

times been placed in the genus Pieris with the Large
White (P. brassictz), which, on a cursory glance, it
somewhat resembles. But a second glance will shew
many points of difference, the most noticeable being
the presence of characteristic black spots on the wings
of P. brassicce and their absence from those of A. cratcegi ;
and -on the other hand, the presence of black nervures
on the wings of the latter, and their absence from those
of trie former.

A. crataegi, Linn. (Black-veined White, or Butterfly
of the Hawthorn as the specific name indicates) (Figs.
17 to 20), is now so scarce in this country, if not quite
extinct, that the date of its capture may be marked as
a red-letter day in the fortunate naturalist's diary. In
some places on the Continent, on the other hand, it is
so abundant that its larvae are looked upon as pests, and
justly so, for besides the Hawthorn they affect other trees
of the Rose family — the apple, pear, and so on.

This butterfly was confined to the southern half of
England, and there was very local, but it occasionally
appeared in abundance at a few places, notably in Kent
and Hereford. That it should have died out is to be
wondered at, considering that its food-plants are so very
common. It might once have been met with in Mon-
mouth, Worcester, Gloucester, Somerset, Hants, Berks,
Sussex, Huntingdon, Northants, Isle of Wight, &c. —
apparently a wide enough range ; but, though it was
found in all of these districts at least, yet the specimens
were as a rule few. The last well-authenticated capture
was made on June 9, 1888, at Ramsgate.*

In June the eggs are laid on the Hawthorn (Cratcegus
Oxyacantha) or else on the Sloe (Primus spinosa), and

* A note appeared in Science Gossip of January, 1893, mentioning the
occurrence of specimens in Cornwall as late as 1891.

APORIA CRAT^EGI.

are hatched in from ten days to a fortnight. The larvae
are gregarious — that is, they live together in a silken web

APORIA CRAT^GI.

spun by themselves, and only come out of it to feed before
and after the heat of the day. They also hibernate during

42 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the winter in a stoutly-made web of a similar kind. As
spring advances, however, they leave the web and separate.
They are full-fed about the end of May, and are then
about 2in. in length (Fig. 20). The divisions between the
segments are well marked. The head is black, and so are
the six legs, but not the claspers ; the ventral surface is
pinkish-grey, and the dorsal reddish-brown with heavy
black markings. The dorsal colouring ends abruptly with
a broad black band on each side. Along the middle of
the back are two fine, somewhat interrupted, black lines,
and between these and the broad black lines on each seg-
ment are two large black dots, one on each side, and
several smaller ones. The colouring of the ventral surface
is rather paler near the black division-line, and is elsewhere
finely dotted with black, with several larger black marks on
the mid-ventral surface. The spiracles are black and the
claspers grey. The ventral surface bears a number of fine
white hairs; the rest of the caterpillar is slightly downy.

The chrysalis (Fig. 19), which should be sought for in
early June, is somewhat robust and has most of the usual
prominences rounded off. It is attached to its late food-
plant by the tail and by a band of silk round the thorax.
The ground-colour is pale yellowish-white, similar to that
of the pupa of Pieris brassicce. It is marked, too, with
numerous black dots ; but they are larger and much more
pronounced than in brassica. The wing-cases are deeply
lined with black.

The imago (Figs. 17 and 18), which is on the wing at
mid-summer and a month or so afterwards, and frequents
heaths and wooded country, is pale creamy-white in colour,
and rather thinly covered with scales. All the wings
are rounded and fringeless, the boundary being formed
instead by a 'nervure, black like all the rest, as the
common name points out. Where each nervure of the

PIERIS. 43

fore-wings meets the hind-margin is an ill-defined,
blackish, triangular mark, which is just hinted at also
in the hind-wings. In the female, some of the nervures
of the fore-wings are brownish instead of black, and the
wings are even more transparent than in the male. The
upper and under surfaces are almost identical.

Pieris, Schranck.

The genus Pieris, named after the Muses (Pierides)
who were worshipped on Mount Pierus, contains four
British species : brassicce, rapce, napi, and daplidice,
the first three being particularly common everywhere,
while the last is equally scarce. They are on the
wing all the season through with the exception of a
short period about July between the early and the later
broods. The universal admiration which the delicate
markings of daplidice call forth is no doubt in a great
measure due to its rarity ; but, in the eyes of an
observer who can admire a beautiful object, even if it
is a common one, the other three species are not far
behind it in beauty, a beauty due to simplicity chiefly,
for three colours only — a creamy-white together with
black and yellow — combine to adorn the insects we are
considering. The sexes differ considerably, the variations
being remarkably similar in the first three species. The
perfect insects have six legs, all adapted for walking, and
the knobs of the antennae rather elongated. The wings
have a simple, rounded outline. The somewhat downy
caterpillars are almost cylindrical, just tapering a little
towards the two extremities.

So common are the larvae of brassicce and rapce in
some seasons, that cabbages and other Crucifercz are
absolutely riddled by them. Luckily, however, they
have enemies, which usually succeed in keeping them

44 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

within bounds. Birds destroy them wholesale, while
none too seldom they meet the fate of their food-plant,
being cooked and sent to table with it. But they, as
well as other larvae, are subject to the attacks of ich-
neumon flies, each species, as a rule, having its own
particular parasite. These deposit their .eggs within the
body of their prey, and when hatched the ichneumon
grubs feed on the non-vital parts of the caterpillar, till
it is on the point of pupating, when they eat their way
out and spin a number of small yellow cocoons around
their dying host. The appearance of the ichneumon

FIG. 21. ICHNEUMON FLY OF P. BRASSIC^E.

of the Large White will be gathered from Fig. 21, which
is magnified about eight diameters.. In all four species the
pupae, which are very much angled, somewhat as in the
Vanessidce, but not gilt as the latter usually are, bear a
strong family likeness. They end anteriorly in a single
point : in each there is a greenish or greyish ground-
colour, sprinkled with numerous black dots, arranged
in a more or less regular manner. All are fastened to a
silken pad by tiny hooks at the anal extremity, and
further supported by a silken girdle round the anterior
part of the body. So supported, they pass the winter
not on the food-plant, but under the coping of a wall
or in some similar place of shelter.

PIERIS BRASSICVE. 45

If we except the butterflies that hibernate during the
winter, the Pierides are the first to appear upon the wing,
coming with the primrose, whose pale tints they borrow,
and, like it, proclaiming to the world the glad return of
spring. The first two species of the genus are those
with which a beginner will probably make an early
acquaintance, for they are particularly homely creatures,
being found plentifully in the gardens, and even streets,
of our towns, and moreover falling an easy prey to the
hunter in consequence of their slow, uncertain flight.

P. brassicae, Linn. (Large Garden White, Garden
White, Large White, or, as its specific name implies,
the Cabbage White) (Figs. 22 to 26), is not only the
largest species of the genus but also shares with its
smaller relative (P. rafce) the rather doubtful honour of
being one of the commonest of British butterflies.

In May and again in August the yellowish, sculptured
eggs are laid in clusters on Cabbages and other Cructfera,
Nasturtiums (properly Tropaeolums), &c. They hatch in
ten days or a little more or less, and after four moults
are full-fed towards the end of June and beginning of
September. The imago of the first brood leaves the
chrysalis in July ; but the September chrysalides remain
unbroken till near the end of the following April, and
produce the spring flight of butterflies.

The cylindrical, downy caterpillar (Fig. 26), which is
only too well known to many people, often reaches as
much as 2in. in length. The divisions between the
segments are not very distinct, and each segment is
divided into four sections. There is a medio-dorsal yellow
stripe as well as two lateral ones. Above these latter
stripes, the four sections of each segment are marked
with large transverse, somewhat warty blotches, which
in the second segment seem to have coalesced. Below

PIERIS BRASSIC^. 47

the lateral stripes the black marks are fewer and reduced
to dots. On each clasper is a slightly larger black dot,
and the head is a good deal marked with the same
colour.

The ground-colour of the pupa (Fig. 25) is a greenish-
white, sometimes slightly tinged with bluish-green or red,
and always profusely sprinkled with small black dots.
It has a medio-dorsal serrated keel and two lateral ones,
the projections bearing large black marks and being tipped
with yellow. The anterior extremity is pointed ; there is a
high medio-dorsal point on the thorax, as well as a large
projection on each lateral keel near the tip of the wing-
cases.

The outline of the imago (Fig. 22) is simple, the wings
are rounded, the costal margin of the fore-wings is dis-
tinctly arched and the tip pointed. The ground-colour is
creamy-white. On the upper surface the fore-wings are
tipped with a broad black mark, gradually narrowing till it
disappears on both the costal and hind margins. On the
hind-wings is a small black spot about the middle of the
costal margin. The base of all the wings is usually
sprinkled with black scales. The female (Fig. 24) has,
in addition, a circular spot near the centre of the fore-
wings and another between it and the inner margin, along
which is a club-shaped black mark, starting near the
second spot and gradually narrowing towards the base of
the wing. On the under-surface (Fig. 23) the ground-colour
of the fore-wings is creamy, the tip being yellow instead of
black, while the two circular spots of the upper surface
of the female are present in both sexes. The hind-wings
are yellow, powdered with black scales, and having just a
trace of the black spot found on the upper surface.

Specimens sometimes occur much more thickly sprinkled
than usual with black scales, which give them a very dusky

48 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

appearance. On the other hand, many members of the
spring brood have the black tip of the fore-wings much
powdered with white scales. This butterfly has been
known to cross the straits from France in large numbers.

P. rapae, Linn. (Small Garden White or Small
White) (Figs. 27 to 31), so closely resembles P. brassier
in colour and markings that, did we not know it in
any other than the perfect state, we might be inclined
to look upon it simply as a small variety of its larger
relative, especially as they are on the wing together,
and haunt similar localities. It equals, if not exceeds,
P. brassicce in the damage it does to cabbages and so
forth, and like that butterfly is given to migrating at
times in large numbers; indeed, we find that on 5th
July, 1846, a tremendous flight crossed the straits from
France to Dover in so thick a mass as to darken the
air as they passed. About the middle of the present
century rapce made its appearance in Canada, where it had
previously been unknown. Of course, we can hardly
suppose that its wings carried it there : it was doubtless
unwittingly transported by human agency in the egg or
chrysalis state, unless indeed it was knowingly introduced
by some experimental entomologist.

Most butterflies only fly in the sunshine, but the
Small White is not quite so fastidious in this respect; it
occasionally flies, as do its congeners, when the weather
is somewhat dull, and even, it is said, after sunset, while
it is usually the first on the wing in the morning and the
last to retire in the evening.

Several varieties have been noticed, among them one
in which the ground-colour of the wings is a bright yellow.
The dark markings, too, are subject to much variation in
size and intensity, sometimes being almost or quite absent,
especially in the spring brood, while in the brood that

PIERIS RAP.E.

49

appears at the end of the summer the markings are usually
much more developed ; indeed, a specimen is recorded as
having been taken in Scotland of a uniform brownish-
black colour on both surfaces of all the wings. Again,

PIERIS RAP^E.

the individuals of the second brood are often very much
smaller than those of the vernal one, specimens (formerly
named P. metro) being sometimes taken scarcely sur-
passing the Small Heath (Coenonympha pamphilus) in size,
while some individuals of the earlier brood almost equal
ordinary specimens of P. brassicce.

50 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The eggs, which are laid first in April and May, and
again in July and August, may be found on Cabbages and
other cruciferous plants, as well as on Mignonette, Nastur-
tiums, &c. The larvae of the first brood hatch in just
under a fortnight, those of the second in about ten days.

In about three weeks the caterpillars (Fig. 29) are full-
grown, being then about ijin. in length, and green in
colour, somewhat darker on the dorsal than on the ventral
surface, the two tints being separated by a line of yellow
spots in pairs along the spiracular region. There is also
a yellow stripe along the middle of the back. The
divisions between the segments are not clear, and each
segment is divided into half-a-dozen transverse sections.
The head and body are covered with numerous tiny warts,
mostly black, each of which bears a very short, slender
hair.

The chrysalis (Fig. 31), which is light grey usually,
though sometimes tinged with red or green, is marked
with black dots, which are, however, neither so large
nor so numerous as in the case of P. brassicce. A few
dots larger than the rest are found chiefly on the points
of the projections, which are just tipped with pale yellow.
There is a medio-dorsal keel as well as a pair of lateral
ones, the first having a high prominence on the thorax,
and the latter one near the tip of each wing-case. This
chrysalis, though slender, has a rather rigid appearance.
Very dark specimens are occasionally found.

The imago (Fig. 27), which appears first in April, and is
on the wing all the summer through, with the exception of
a short period about the end of July, has all the wings
rounded, the costal margin arched, and the tip obtusely
pointed. The upper surface has at the tip of the fore-
wings a dusky mark much less decided than in P. brassicce,
a small black spot (absent in the male of P. brassicce) in

PIERIS NAPI. 51

the centre of the fore-wings, and another in the middle of
the costal margin of the hind-wings. The female (Fig. 28)
has in addition a second black spot on the fore-wings
between the central one and the hind-margin, and a club-
shaped mark along that margin, starting from near the
second spot and tapering towards the base of the wing.
The sexes do not differ on the under-surface (Fig. 30),
where the two dots of the female are repeated in both ;
the tip of the fore-wings is yellow, and the hind-wings are
yellow, slightly sprinkled with black scales.

P. napi, Linn. (Green-veined White) (Figs. 32 to 36),
received its specific name from the Rape, Brassica Napus,
which was thought to be its special food-plant, though
this does not seem to be the case. A glance at the under-
surface of the imago will give a sufficient reason for the
bestowal of its common name, except that the veining
is often dusky-brown instead of green. It is not easily
distinguished from P. rapcz on the wing, and probably is
not quite so common, as it certainly is not so homely.

The eggs, which should be sought for in April and
May and again in July and August, are laid chiefly on
various cruciferous plants, the commonest being Garlic
Mustard (Sisymbrium alliaria\ Early Winter Cress
(Barbarea pracox\ Watercress (Nasturtium officinale), &c.
They are hatched in a little less than a fortnight, and are
full-fed during June and September. The imagines result-
ing from the early brood come out in July and August,
while those from the later appear in the following April
and May. P. napi is therefore on the wing almost
continuously from the end of April till August.

The larva (Fig. 34) is of about the same size as that
of raptZ) and very closely resembles it. The ground-colour,
however, is a slightly paler green ; there is no dorsal yellow
line, and but one lateral yellow spot in each segment.

E 2

52 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The spiracle, which is black in a red patch, is situated
in the yellow spot. The subdivisions of the segments,
the tiny warts and the short hairs of P. rapce are repeated
in the caterpillar before us.

The chrysalis (Fig. 36) muc"h resembles that of P. rapa,
The ground-colour, however, is light green (sometimes

pinkish-yellow), some of the points of the keels being
yellow. It bears a number of dark brown marks.

The imago (Figs. 32 and 33) of both sexes is similar to
that of the Small White, except for the addition of the
green markings along the nervures on the under-surface
(Fig. 35), these markings also appearing more or less, but

PIERIS DAPLIDICE. 53

of a dusky hue, on the upper surface, where they spread
out forming a small triangle on the outer margin, as in
Aporia cratczgi. The green colour is produced by a
sprinkling of black scales on a yellow ground. When
therefore the ground-colour* is more than usually white
the veinings become a dusky brown instead of green.

P. napi varies in distinctness of the green veinings and
as much as does the last species in size, as well as in the
development of the black markings. Several varieties had
once special names, which have now gone out of use.

P. daplidice, Linn. (Bath White or Chequered White)
(Figs. 37 to 41), has obtained its second common name
from the markings of the under-surface of the hind-wings,
which are delicately chequered with green and white. Un-
fortunately this beautiful butterfly is extremely scarce, all
the specimens caught in this country having been taken by
chance, there being no spot where one might hunt with
a reasonable hope of catching them as there is. with
some of our scarcer butterflies — the Lulworth Skipper, for
instance. No captures Have been made except in the
south-eastern and southern counties from the Fens .to
Devonshire. Nor have the individuals been many, as the
following list of captures, recorded in The Entomologist
for over twenty years, will shew: 1859, three in Cambs. ;
1868, one, near Newmarket; 1871, one, near Abbot's
Wood, Sussex; 1872, which was somewhat of a " dapli-
dtce-yeax" one near Christchurch, one at Portsdown
Hill (Hants), one near Faversham, six or more at Dover,
five at Deal, one near Folkestone, one at Tilmanstone
(Kent), eight near Beachy Head (Sussex), one at Felix-
stowe (Suffolk), one at Aldeburgh (Suffolk), two near
Newmarket, and one in Surrey; 1876, one at Folke-
stone and one near Southend; 1884, two at Dover and
one seen near Ashford (Kent); 1885, two at Folkestone.

54

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

There is also an undated record near Kenley Station,
Surrey. It does not need a very close scrutiny of the
above to raise a suspicion that the English specimens
have crossed over of their own free will, or possibly
against it, from the Continent, where the species is
common. The known migratory habits of its congeners

PIERIS DAPLIDICE.

lend plausibility to this theory. Or they may have been
accidentally imported in the egg or caterpillar stage from
abroad, for most, if not all, of the specimens taken have
belonged to the second brood. All the Pierides have
weak flight, and this one in particular, so once it is
recognised there will be little fear of losing it. It

PIERIS DAPLIDICE. 55

might, however, be easily mistaken, and probably some-
times is, for either one of the smaller Whites or the
female Orange-Tip, which last it closely resembles in its
markings.

The eggs of this much-coveted butterfly will be found
if anywhere on one of the two species of Mignonette
indigenous to Britain (Reseda lutea and R. luteola\ and
possibly on Flixweed (Sisymbrium Sophia) and other
cruciferous plants. They are laid about the beginning
of May for the first brood, and again in August or
September. The larvae therefore would be found in
May and June, and also in September; the pupae about
July, and also from September till April; while the
imago should be on the wing almost any time from April
or May till September with the other Whites, the winter
being passed of course in the chrysalis state.

The larva (Fig. 40). which is from lin. to ijin. in
length, is of a pale bluish colour, with four yellow
stripes, two being dorsal and two lateral, one of the
latter along each of the spiracular regions ; the ventral
surface is somewhat greenish. The caterpillar is covered
with black warts and dots of various sizes, from which
proceed black hairs ; the segments, which are fairly distinct,
are subdivided into six sections.

The pupa (Fig. 41) is greyish, marked with black spots,
and having a couple of dark streaks on the wing-cases.
It is rather robust and somewhat prominently keeled.

All the wings of the imago (Figs. 37 to 39) are
simple, the tip of the fore-wings is rather blunt and the
costal margin very slightly concave, the hind-margin of
the hind-wings is straight. The ground-colour is white,
with a very slight tinge of cream; on the upper surface
the fore-wings are tipped with a broad blackish patch
containing four white spots, and between this patch and

56 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the base of the wing is a black spot crossed by a white
streak. These markings are to some extent reproduced
on the under-surface, but there powdered with yellow,
and in addition there is a dark spot near the anal
angle, -which also shews on the upper surface of the
female.. The upper surface of the hind-wings in the male
(Fig. 37) bears only a few black scales on some of the
nervures, but in the female (Fig. 38) it is chequered with
black on the hind-margin, and clouded with the same
elsewhere. The chief beauty of the insect, however, is to
be found on the under-surface of the hind-wings (Fig. 39),
the markings on which form a beautifully chequered
pattern of green and white. The green, as in the Green-
veined White, is caused by a sprinkling of yellow scales
over a black ground. The white of the under-surface
of all the wings is also in places powdered with yellow.

Euchloe, Hiibner ; Anthocharis, Bdv.

Euchloe is the recognised name of the genus to which
our next butterfly belongs, though by many Anthocharis *
is * preferred. Why it has deserved the latter name it
is rather hard to say, for what butterfly does not delight
in flowers? But perhaps the name refers to the delight
*we should take in tracing the resemblance that the little
Orange-tip bears to a flower that has apparently taken
wings to itself with the intention of no longer being
fettered down to earth !

E. cardamines, Linn. (Orange-tip, or, according to the
specific name, the butterfly of the Cardamine, or Cuckoo-
flower) (Figs. 42 to 47), is, for several reasons, one of
the favourites of the entomologist. It is not only very
common, but, at the same time, very delicately beautiful.

* &vOos (anthos), a flower, and xaipew (chairein), to delight in.

EUCHLOE CARDAMINES. 57

Moreover, it is an early comer, appearing with the
Cuckoo-flower, whose name it has borrowed, and finish-
ing its brief existence in early June, ere summer has
well commenced. It falls an easy prey to the collector,
experienced or inexperienced, for its flight is weak, and
the bright orange tip to the wings renders the male a
rather conspicuous object by the hedgerow in the spring.
The female is not so easily distinguished while on the
wing, for the absence of the orange tip gives her much
the appearance of a very small White, and her more
sober colouring no doubt often proves her safeguard, for
more males are usually noticed than females. E. car-
damines is on the wing but once in the year, and then
only for a short time comparatively, so if specimens are
wanted they must be sought for, if indeed it is neces-
sary to seek at all, before mid-June. Now and again,
however, a few specimens are taken in late summer or
autumn ; these are representatives of a second brood ;
that is to say, the chrysalides have produced the perfect
insect before the winter instead of after it. All such
instances are worth recording in the entomologist's notes.
The Orange-tip delights to make its apparently aimless
way along the hedgerows, but also may be found in
woods and gardens, and almost any other place that
butterflies are accustomed to frequent. No particular
locality need be given, for it is common everywhere
throughout the country.

A habit the Orange-tip has of reposing, when the sun
is not shining, on the white flower-heads of the large
parsley-like plant Anthriscus sylvestris, is worthy of notice.
It is no dpubt a case of what is sometimes called " pro-
tective resemblance." For when the wings are closed,
and only the green-and-white chequering of the under-
surface of the hind-wing is exposed, it becomes an

58 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

extremely difficult mattej to distinguish the insect from the
flower-head on which it rests, for the latter consists of a
large number of tiny white flowers, between which show
little bits of green, producing a chequering very similar
indeed to that on the insect. This is by no means an
isolated example: cases of "resemblance" are common
not only among the butterflies, but amongst all classes of
insects, not to mention divisions of the Animal Kingdom
outside the insect group. How many caterpillars owe
their safety from numerous enemies to their similarity
in colouring to the leaves on which they feed !

The eggs are laid singly about the end of April or
beginning of May, on the flower-stalks of some of the
following cruciferous plants, and possibly others : Garlic
Mustard (Sisymbrium - alliarid), London Rocket (Sisym-
brium Irio\ Hedge Mustard (Sisymbrium offidnale), Flix-
weed (Sisymbrium Sophia\ Cuckoo-flower (Cardamine
pratensis\ Tower Mustard (Turritis glabra\ Treacle
Mustard (Erysimum cheiranthoides\ Charlock (Sinapis
arvensis\ Winter Cress (Barbarea vulgaris\ Penny Cress
(Thlaspi arvense), as well as Horseradish and other
garden plants. The eggs hatch in nine days, or even
less, and the young larvae feed on the pods and seeds
(seldom on the leaves) of the plants enumerated above.
They are full-fed on the average about the beginning of
July, and after changing into the chrysalis form remain
in that stage on the stems of the food-plant till the
following April, when the butterfly appears on the wing
and remains out till nearly midsummer.

The larva (Fig. 42), which is about ijin. in length,
and tapers somewhat toward the anal extremity, is
rather dark green dorsally, but yellower on the ventral
surface. These two colours are separated by a clear white
line, sharply defined below, but gradually fading into the

EUCHLOE CARDAMINES.

59

green above. Each segment is divided into sections, and
the whole surface is covered with tiny warts, each emitting

47 Female.

EUCHLOE CARDAMINES.

a short hair. The warts are black, except on the lateral
stripe, where most are white. The head, legs, and claspers
are green, the head being sprinkled with black.

60 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The chrysalis is of the singular shape shown in
Fig. 43, somewhat resembling a half-moon, the two ex-
tremities being very 'much pointed. It is dull green
dorsally and brownish-pink ventrally. The wing-cases
prpject on the ventral surface as a kind of arch, while the
dorsal surface is concave.

There is a somewhat close similarity between P. daplidice
and the female of A. cardamines (though the differ-
ence is considerable when the butterflies are compared),
consequently when identifying either, especially from
a description,* great care must be used. The ground-
colour of the imago (Figs. 44 to 47) is white, all the wings
are rounded, and the costal margin is slightly convex.
On the upper surface at the tip of the fore-wings
is a greyish mark extending about two-thirds down
the hind-margin, while on the margin itself there
are little patches of white between the nervures, which
on the hind-wings are tipped with black. There is a
semicircular black patch in the middle of the fore-wings,
usually smaller in the male, as also is the patch at the
tip ; the base of the wings is clouded with black. The
central spot is smaller than in Pieris daplidice, and not
divided by a white streak as in the latter. On the under-
surface (Figs. 45 and 46) the grey tip of the fore-wings is
replaced by faint greenish markings on the nervures, and
the central spot is repeated. The hind-wings are beauti-
fully chequered with well-defined green markings on a
white ground. (In P. daplidice the green markings are
toned down.) The bright orange patch covering the hind
half of the upper surface of the fore-wings, and repeated
in part below, distinguishes the sexes. It should be
noted that as in P. napi the green markings are pro-
duced by a mixture of black and yellow scales, easily
separable under the microscope.

LEUCOPHASIA SINAPIS. 6 1

There are no very marked varieties of E. cardamines,
though differences in size occur as well as in the develop-
ment of the markings, and the ground-colour has been
known to be quite yellow.

Leucophasia, Stephens.

Our attention is next claimed by a little butterfly that
belongs to the genus Leucophasia, a name given in
consequence of the white appearance of the individuals
comprised in it. The genus contains but one British
species, whose slender form and small size will doubtless
at once • distinguish it from every other British butterfly.
But should there be the slightest doubt as to its identity,
this may be quickly set at rest by reference to the some-
what uncommon length of the nervures arising from the
discoidal cell, as shown in Fig. 49.

L. sinapis, Linn. (Wood White), is indeed a very
singular little butterfly, quite fairy-like in appearance,
with its long, slender body and slight, delicate wings,
and possessing no fine markings or bright colours with
which to make up in beauty what it lacks in size. But
were it ever so fine an insect, its beauty would be lost
to the observation of the many, for the Wood White
delights to wing its languid way along the silent wood-
land paths and glades. It is seldom seen to settle, and
its aimless flight reminds one of some restless spirit
wandering on and on and finding no repose, a fancy
aided by the graceful airiness of the little creature.

In consequence of the retired spots which it delights
to haunt, the Wood White is none too often seen, though
Newman records that it has been .taken in most of the
counties of England, and abundantly in some places, of
which we might instance Lancashire and Westmoreland,
and parts of some of the southern counties, Devon, Hants

62

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Wilts, Surrey, &c. It does not seem to have crossed the
Northern border, and cannot be looked upon as a common
insect in Britain or, indeed, in any part of North-Western
Europe. L. sinapis is possibly less common in England
than formerly, and if we are to judge by captures extending
over some twenty years recorded in The Entomologist^ its
presence is chiefly confined to the southern half of
England ; South Devon, Worcester, and the New Forest
being the localities most often mentioned.

LEUCOPHASIA SINAPIS

The eggs are laid singly about the end of May and
again about the beginning of August. The larva is found
during June, and again from August till the cold weather
begins. The second brood, which passes the winter in
the pupa state, produces the spring flight of butterflies
in May, while the June caterpillars are in the pupa in
July, and produce the second flight of butterflies in August.

The larva (Fig. 50), which feeds on the Tufted Vetch

COLIAS. 63

( Vida Cracca\ Bird's-foot Trefoil (Lotus corniculatus],
Tuberous Bitter Vetch (Lathy rus macrorhizus), and Hop
Trefoil (Trifolium procumbens)^ seldom exceeds fin. in
length. It is nearly cylindrical, just tapering a little
towards the two extremities. The segments are divided
transversely into six sections, and the surface is covered
with short whitish hairs. The ground-colour is green,
and the anterior part of the body covered with tiny
black dots. The medio-dorsal line «is dark green,
followed on each side by yellowish-green ; then comes
a dark green line followed by the spiracular line, which
is bright yellow. The ventral surface is green, and so
are the legs and claspers.

The pupa (Fig. 51), which is fastened by the tail and
girt, is sharply pointed, especially at the anterior extremity.
The ground-colour is a beautiful green, which has a
yellowish tinge towards the anal extremity. There is a
pink stripe down each side, and the wing-cases are
bordered and veined with the same colour.

The ground-colour of the imago (Figs. 48 and 49) is
pure white, the only markings being a squarish black
spot on the upper surface, at the tip of the fore-wings,
and a tinge of black at their base. On the under-
surface (Fig 49) there is in places a sprinkling of black
scales, and a tinge of yellow,, the latter especially at the
tip and base of the fore-wings. In the female the spot
at the tip of the fore-wings is often absent, or nearly so.

Colias, BoisduvaL

The genus Colias (containing the Clouded Yellows),
is, as far as British species are concerned, a very distinct
one. The ground-colour of the imago is white, yellow,
or orange, with a dark brown border along the outer
margin of all the wings. The fore-wings bear a central

64 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

black spot and the hind-wings an orange one, which
underneath is centred with silver. The antennae are
red, a peculiarity which these butterflies share with the
genus Gonopteryx, the only species of which — rhamni —
approaches the two species of Colias in other respects
also. Specimens of the genus are to be found in most
parts of the world, many being Arctic. Some of these
latter, and, indeed, others of the genus, have a violet
or blue tinge to their wings, and so approach the Blues.

The two British species (Figs. 52 to 58) are C.
hyak and C. edusa^ both of which in the larval stage
feed on various leguminous plants, especially two Clovers
(Trifolium repens and T. pratense\ Lucerne (Medicago
sativa), Nonsuch (M. lupulina\ &c. In each case the
eggs are laid in the spring, and the caterpillars are to
be found in June and July. They enter the chrysalis
state about the end of July, and are on the wing
from August till they retire in order to hibernate during
the winter. Edusa is sometimes on the wing as late as
November, but hyale generally retires earlier. They
leave their winter quarters, usually much reduced in
number, in May, and then the eggs are laid which pro-
duce the August flight. The British Edusas occasionally
breed in the autumn, and pass the winter in the pupal
(or possibly larval) stage. Indeed, it has been thought
of late that the winter is oftener passed in the pupal or
perhaps larval stage, in which case these butterflies
are double-brooded.

Both species, but hyak especially, are very capricious
in their appearance. In some seasons edusa^ and less
frequently hyale^ have swarmed in many parts of the
south of England, the former being found also in
gradually decreasing numbers in the Midland counties,
individuals sometimes extending into the very north, and

COLIAS HYALE. 65

even over the Border. Then may follow several years
during which very few will be seen, till a fear almost
arises that the species may be dying out — a fear to be
set at rest by another season of surpassing plenty. Edusa,
however, seems to have established itself more firmly of
late as a British butterfly. Entomologists have found
these capricious appearances a very difficult problem to
solve ; in fact, no satisfactory solution seems to have
been found. Some have suggested that individuals
have been blown, or of their own free will have flown,
across the sea from the Continent, and these, breeding
here, have produced the plentiful autumn flight of butter-
flies. It has also been suggested that some seasons the
eggs or pupce may lie dormant, and so the butterflies of
several seasons may all appear in one. But the plants
on which the eggs are laid are scarcely of a nature to
preserve them for any length of time. It may be that
some years few survive the winter, and leave their
hibernacula in the spring, while more do so in
others. It was at one time thought that a plentiful
season occurred once in seven years ; but there have
been too many exceptions to allow much faith being put
in the supposition, which, however, was not altogether
unwarranted.

C. hyale, Linn. (Pale Clouded Yellow or Clouded
Sulphur) (Figs. 52 and 53), is, like its congener, very
swift on the wing, and haunts similar localities, but is
by no means so common. Indeed, it must be looked
upon generally as a scarce butterfly, though in the south-
east of England it occasionally appears in profusion, and
singularly enough during the earlier part of the present
century these seasons of profusion occurred once every
seven years for several times in succession. This came to
be looked upon as a law till 1849, since which it has failed.

F

66 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

When full-fed, the larva, which is seldom seen in
England, is iiin. long, and velvety dark green in colour.
In the spiracular region is a whitish-yellow line fading
above into the ground-colour. There is a pink spot
between each pair of spiracles. The full-fed larva of
C. hyale and C. edusa are very similar, but the former
has longer and darker hairs, and a rougher and less
rounded appearance, so writes Mr. H. Williams in an
interesting paper in The Entomologist, xxvi., p. 7.

COLIAS HYALE.

On the same authority we have it that the pupa of
C. hyale is almost identical in shape, colour, and
markings with that of C. edusa, described below, but,
perhaps, is rather more slender and upright. It is
suspended by the anal extremity and girt, is green,
with a yellowish stripe down each side, and has the
wing-cases bordered with the same colour.

The imago of hyale (Figs. 52 and 53) differs from that
of edusa in that the ground-colour is bright yellow instead
of orange, and that the male, as well as the female,

COLIAS EDUSA. 67

has spots in the brown border, which is less clearly
defined, and very narrow on the hind-wings and at the
anal angle of the fore-wings, besides not being con-
tinued along the inner margin of the fore-wings as it is
in edusa.

The chief home of hyale in England is in the south-
eastern maritime counties, especially where chalk prevails ;
but it is also found occasionally in many other counties.
There is a variety of the female in which the ground-
colour is white, or nearly so, corresponding to the pale
variety of the female of edusa.

C. edusa, Fabr. (Clouded Yellow, or Clouded Saffron)
(Figs. 54 to 58), one of the most brilliant of our larger
butterflies, is usually rather more than 2in. across the
wings ; these have a somewhat powerful appearance, and
well the insect knows how to make use of them, for its
flight is very rapid, giving the pursuer little chance
of running it down. Indeed, as in the case of so
many other butterflies, the would-be possessor does best
to watch the creature to a flower, and to take it there.
If, in the excitement of the moment a bungling stroke
perchance is made, it will be no use paying attention
to the edusa that has gone, but be on the lookout for
the next one to appear.

Until 1892, this somewhat erratic butterfly had not
occurred in profusion since 1877, in which year it
was reported from the Orkneys to the extreme southern
point of England ; but, after an interval of fifteen
years, entomologists were again gladdened by a great
" edusa-yea.Y," and they are doubtless hoping that in
some form or other enough have escaped the winter's
hardships and the hunter's net to again delight us with
their presence.

The larva (Fig. 58) is cylindrical, like the rest of

F 2

57

COLIAS EDUSA.

COLIAS EDUSA. 69

its family, but tapers a little towards the anal extremity.
The segmental divisions are not very distinct, and
each is subdivided into several sections. The ground-
colour is bright green, and the surface is covered with
minute black warts, from each of which rises a pale
hair. The warts are surrounded by whitish circles.
There is a rather narrow, white spiracular line, bearing
a pinkish patch in each segment, with a black spot
below it, and the white spiracle in front.

The chrysalis (Fig. 57), which is suspended by the
anal extremity, and girt, is rather stout, something
like that of the Brimstone Butterfly, Gonopteryx rhamni.
The wing-cases are long, and project ventrally ; the
anterior extremity ends in a sharp point, and there is a
rather pronounced thoracic bump. The colour of the
chrysalis is pale green, inclining to yellow in places,
especially on the ventral surface. On each side, below
the wing-cases, is a dull yellow stripe with three black
dots, and a reddish stripe next that ventrally. Each
wing-case bears a black dot in the centre, and a row of
similar ones near the hind-margin.

The imago (Figs. 54 to 56) frequents lanes, meadows,
woods, &c., but especially takes delight in railway-banks
and lucerne- or clover-fields. The ground-colour is a
deep rich orange, with a broad, dark brown outer
border to all the wings. This border bears, in the male
(Fig. 54), yellow lines on several of the nervures near
the tip of the fore-wings, and in the female (Fig. 56)
several ill-defined yellow spots on each of the wings.
There is a black central spot on both surfaces of the
fore-wings, and a large orange one on the upper
surface of the hind-wings, which spot below has a
reddish tinge, and contains two silver spots, one very
much smaller than the other. The hind-wings and

70 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the base of the fore -wings are thickly sprinkled with
black scales on the upper surface. On the under-surface
(Fig. 55) the ground-colour is yellow, with a greenish
tinge on the hind-wings and the hind-margin of the fore-
wings, with an orange tinge elsewhere. Besides the
markings mentioned thus far, the under-surface has two
brown spots on the costal margin of the fore- wings and
one on that of the hind-wings, and six dark spots on
each wing (smaller and paler on the hind-wings) parallel
to the hind-margin. The fringe is pink.

There is a constant variety of the female called
keltce^ Hub., in which the orange ground-colour is replaced
by a yellowish-white. The hind-wings look darker, for the
sprinkling of black scales is still present. Specimens some-
times occur intermediate between the variety and the type.

C. edusa has been taken throughout England, and in
the south of Scotland ; but its home is in the southern,
south-eastern, and south-western counties, where it is
now usually fairly common, if not abundant. It is some-
what partial to the neighbourhood of London, and
becomes less and less frequent as we proceed northwards
through the country.

Gonopteryx, Leach.

When in the early autumn the colours of the ripened
fruit and grain make the epithet of golden peculiarly
applicable to the time of the year, appears the latest of
our English butterflies ; and, as if to be in keeping with
the golden hues around, it mounts on wings of gold to
flutter in the mellow autumn sunshine.

G. rhamni, Linn. (Brimstone Butterfly) (Figs. 59 to 62),
is on the wing from August onward, till the cold weather
compels it to seek some sheltered nook wherein to winter ;
but a more than usually warm day will tempt it forth

GONOPTERYX RHAMNI. 7 1

again, and it is always one of the earliest butterflies
to appear in the spring. As is the case with others
that hibernate, the sexes take no notice of each other
in the autumn, but pairing takes place and the eggs
are laid after the winter's sleep is over. It does not
hide its charms in solitary places, but courts the road-
side and the garden. It is not easily scared, and, if
the net does not enclose it at the first sweep, there is
usually a chance for a second ; nor is it a particu-
larly active flyer, though its powerful wings appear to be
specially adapted for rapid flight.

For a wonder the names of the Brimstone Butterfly
are well bestowed. The common name accurately de-
scribes the colour of the male insect, the angles of the
wings are referred to in the generic name, Gonopteryx
(angle-wing), while the specific name rhamni calls atten-
tion to the plants on which the larvae feed : these are
the two species of Buckthorn (Rhamnus catharticus and
R. Frangula\ on the twigs of which the eggs are laid
singly towards the end of April.

The larva (Fig. 61) hatches out of the conical yellow
egg in about a fortnight, and is full-fed towards the end
of June. The general colour is bright green, and the
surface is covered with small black points.

The chrysalis (Fig. 62), which is bright green with
brownish markings, is to be found on the twigs or under
the leaves of the food-plant, hanging by the tail from a
pad of silk, which the caterpillar placed beforehand on
the twig or leaf. It is further kept in position by a loop
of silk stretched across its back and fastened at both ends
to whatever support the caterpillar had selected. After
twenty days the perfect insect emerges from the chrysalis.

The ground-colour of the upper surface (Fig. 59) of
the male Brimstone Butterfly is a bright yellow, like

72 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

that of the crocus or the daffodil; underneath (Fig. 60)
the tint is greener, especially on the hind-wings and the
tip of the fore-wings. In the centre of each wing is an
orange spot, which is replaced on the under-surface by

\:

59

62

GONOPTERYX RHAMNI

a brown one. There are tiny dark dots at the ends of
the nervures, and a row of the same on the under-
surface of each wing — three on the fore-wings, six on
the hind-wings. Noteworthy features are the stout veins,
which, when the wings are closed, give them a very

GONOPTERYX RHAMNI. 73

powerful look, and the white silky hairs that meet in
a ridge over the back of the insect. The antennae are
short, brown in colour, and the tip has a graceful,
downward curve. The ground-colour of the female is
very pale whitish-green instead of gold, causing it to be
often mistaken at a distance for a Large White (Pieris
brassiccz).

G. rhamni is subject to considerable variation in the
size of the orange spots — these sometimes, in the south
of Europe and other warmer climates, almost covering the
upper surface of the fore-wings. This variety has some-
times been described as a separate species under the
name of G. deopatra ; but as it is said that both forms
have been grown from the same batch of eggs, this does
not seem to be the case.

CHAPTER III.

NYMPHALID/E.
The Fritillaries.

HE Fritillaries form a well-defined group of
butterflies, which get their name from a
resemblance between the chequered mark-
ings of their wings and the somewhat
similar markings of the flower of one of our
wild lilies, Fritillaria Me/eagris, the Fritillary, or Snake's-
head. All the Fritillaries have an orange or orange-brown
upper surface, chequered with black, but they fall into
two divisions at once when reference is made to the
under-surface. One division has silver markings, and
the other not : the former constitutes the genus Argynnis,
the latter the genus Melitcea. The caterpillars are
spinous, the pupae suspended by the tail only, and the
perfect insects, like the rest of the Nymphalidce^ have
only four perfect legs adapted for walking. Another
little butterfly, ATemeobius lucina, bearing on the upper
surface some resemblance to the Fritillaries, goes by the
common name of Duke of Burgundy Fritillary ; it does
not, however, belong to the group, and will be described
hereafter.

ARGYNNIS SELENE. 75

Argynnis, Fabr.

There are six recognised British species in the genus
Argynnis: A. selene, A. euphrosyne, A. latona, A. aglaia^
A. adippe, and A. paphia. They may be distinguished
from the three species of Melitcea by the presence of
silver markings (generally spots) on the under-surface, by
the convex costal margin of the fore-wings, and usually
by their larger size. The antennae are knobbed and
the fore-legs imperfect. In some species the male is
known from the female by the presence in the former of
black lines on some of the nervures of the upper surface
of the fore-wings. The chrysalides are angled, keeled,
and suspended by the anal extremity only. The larvae
are cylindrical and usually adorned with long, hairy
spines. They are hatched in the summer, but do most
of the feeding in the spring, spending the winter on or
near the ground at the root of the food-plant or in its
neighbourhood. All are grand butterflies — not, indeed, so
gorgeous as some that we are accustomed to admire, but
with colours warm and rich, beautifully harmonised above,
delicately picked out with silver below. Moreover, three
are amongst the largest of our butterflies, and all have a
strong bird-like flight, seen at its best as they come
sailing along some woodland glade in the bright summer
sunshine. The food-plant is usually some species of Viola.
Besides the six insects enumerated above A, dia. Linn.
(Weaver's Fritillary), and A. niobe, Linn. (Niobe Fritillary),
have been claimed as British, but the claim is not usually
allowed. In the Northern Hemisphere the genus is a
common one extending even to the confines of eternal
snow ; it is scarce, however, south of the Equator.

A. selene, Schiff. (Small Pearl-bordered Fritillary) (Figs.
63 to 66), is the last and usually the least of its genus

76

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The term small is, however, rather misleading, as specimens
of euphrosyne occur quite as small as, or even smaller
than, typical specimens of the one before us. Selene
frequents, speaking generally, the same localities and
situations as euphrosyne. In England, however, it is not
so common as the latter, but in Scotland is more abun-
dant ; it appears on the wing about a fortnight or three
weeks later.

ARGYNNIS SELENE.

The eggs are laid on the Dog Violet (Viola canina)
about June. The larvae appear about July, but soon
hibernate at or near the roots of the food-plant, and
reappear in the spring, being full-fed in May, in which
month the pupae may be found. The imagines are out
in June, possibly at the end of May.

The larvae (Fig. 66) are about lin. in length, and very
closely resemble those of euphrosyne. The ground-colour

ARGYNNIS EUPHROSYNE. 77

is dark brown, and the spines are yellowish, some of them
tipped with black ; the claspers are dingy red, and the
head and legs black.

The chrysalis (Fig. 65), which is attached to the food-
plant, is similar to that of euphrosyne and brownish in
colour. The abdomen is abruptly curved, and has two
rows of short projections representing the subdorsal
spines of the larva.

The imago (Figs. 63 and 64) is similar in shape to
euphrosyne, and so closely resembles it on the upper
surface that for purposes of identification reference had
better be made to the under-surface only (Fig. 64). There
the ground-colour of the fore-wings is orange-brown,
except at the tip, which is yellow, marked with a rather
large patch of dark brown ; the rest of the markings
resemble those of the upper surface, but are fainter. On
the hind-wings there is the row of silver spots along the
hind-margin. Within these is a broad dark brown band,
interrupted in the centre by a yellow patch. This band
contains a row of spots as on the upper surface. • Next
comes a band of pearly-white spots, interrupted in the
centre, then some dark brown, followed by the yellow
band of euphrosyne, containing three pearly-white spots ;
then follow some more dark brown patches, interspersed
with several pearly spots. There are thus almost twenty
pearly spots (scarcely silver), instead of the nine in euphro-
syne. The sexes are similar.

A. euphrosyne, Linn. (Pearl-bordered Fritillary) (Figs.
67 to 70), is the commonest of the Fritillaries and one
of the earliest to appear upon the wing. It is smaller
than latona, and much smaller than paphia, aglaia, or
adippe, but in the markings of the upper surface resembles
them all very closely. Though in general a wood butterfly,
like most of its kind, yet it roams abroad, and may be

78 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

taken in many other situations also. No localities need
be given for a butterfly that is usually common through-
out this country and in Scotland too.

The eggs are laid in May and June on the Dog Violet
( Viola canina) and other plants of the same genus. The
young larvae appear about the end .of June. They feed
till about the middle of July, and then hibernate till early
in the following spring. Towards the end of April they

ARGYNNIS EUPHROSYNE.

become chrysalides, which are attached to the food-plant,
and the perfect insects are on the wing during May and
early June.

The larva (Fig. 67), which is about ijin. in length, is
almost black in ground-colour, It is slightly sprinkled
with white on the dorsal surface, while along the spiracular
region a number of large whitish spots form a broad line.
The head, legs, and spiracles are black, and the claspers
and ventral surface dull red. The spines on this caterpillar

ARGYNNIS EUPHROSYNE. 79

are hairy, and arranged as in the other Fritillaries, but
they are short. In colour they are black, except the two
dorsal rows, which are yellowish at the base and black
at the tip.

As with the rest of the Fritillaries, the anal extremity of
the chrysalis (Fig. 68) is very much curved. In colour it is
greyish-brown ; it is stout, and has large wing-cases. The
two rows of dorsal spines seen in the larva are repeated
on the chrysalis, which is keeled and much angled.

The perfect insect (Figs. 69 and 70) in large specimens
expands about if in. across the wings, but it is often very
much smaller. The costal margin of the fore-wings is
convex, and so is the hind-margin of all the wings, which
are rounded, not scalloped. The upper surface (Fig. 69)
of the wings is a rich orange-brown, with black markings
arranged as follow : On the hind-margin of all the wings
at the end of the nervures, is a row of triangles ; within
these, but between the nervures, is a second row ; within
these again, and between the nervures, is a row of black
dots ; still proceeding towards the base of the wings, which
is very dark, we find a number of bars joining the nervures
in a zigzag manner. On the under-surface (Fig. 70) the
ground-colour is much lighter, and many of the markings
are repeated, but more faintly, some of them being brown
instead of black. Along the hind-margin of the hind- wings
is a row of seven silver spots, fancifully thought to resemble
a string of pearls, whence the common name, Pearl-
bordered Fritillary. Across the middle of the hind-wings
is a broad yellow bar, containing in the centre one large
silver spot, and there is one more silver spot, triangular in
shape, at the base of the wings, making nine silver spots
in all on each hind-wing. This number should be noticed,
as it forms one of the few marks of distinction between
this butterfly and the last, selene. The dark brown markings

8o THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

mentioned above as present in selene are represented
in euphrosyne by reddish markings not very different from
the ground-colour, and therefore not so conspicuous as
the same markings are in selene. The sexes are similar.
A. latona, Linn. (Queen of Spain Fritillary) (Figs.
71 and 72), though one of the rarest of British butterflies,
has nevertheless been taken in a considerable number of
localities. It is seldom, however, that more than one
individual is captured in the same locality at one time.
This and the fact that most of the recorded specimens have

ARGYNNIS LATONA.

come from the south-eastern counties lends plausibility to
the theory that they have migrated from the Continent,
where they are common. But still it is very probable that
latona does breed here sometimes, and we should be
pleased to find it making a more settled abode amongst
us, for it is a beautiful insect and one that graces the far
too meagre list of British butterflies. The greatest number
of captures has been made in Kent, Suffolk, Essex, and
the Isle of Wight ; but Cambridge, Devon, Dorset, Hants,
Norfolk, Surrey, Sussex, and Yorkshire have afforded
specimens at least singly. To give some idea of the

ARGYNNIS LATONA. 8 1

numbers in which latona has been taken in England during
the last twenty-one years, the pages of The Entomologist
have been consulted for that period, and the following is
the result: 1871, one in Devon; 1872, at least seventy,
chiefly in Kent — quite a " latona-yeax " ; 1874, sixteen, all
in Kent, but a little doubt has been thrown upon the
captures; 1876, one in Kent and one in Sussex; 1880,
eighteen near Dover; 1881, one in Essex; 1882, twenty-
five near Dover; 1885, two in Sussex.

The eggs are laid in August, or even September, on the
Wild Pansy (Viola tricolor), and also on the Dog Violet
( V. canind) and Sweet Violet ( V. odorata) ; Sainfoin
(Onobrychis sativa\ too, and Borage (Borago officinalis)
have been mentioned as food-plants. The caterpillar
comes out in about fourteen days, but soon retires to
hibernate near the ground under the protection of the
herbage round the food-plant. In the latter part of spring
it begins feeding again, and enters the pupa state late
in June. The imago is out from July to September, or
even October, so that it is one of the latest of our butter-
flies to remain on the wing.

The caterpillar, which is over an inch in length, bears
several series of brownish-pink spines. These spines are
short, and resemble those of the larva of the last
butterfly, A. euphrosyne (Fig. 67). The colour of the
caterpillar is dull smoky-brown, with a pair of dorsal and
a pair of lateral yellowish-white stripes. The dark
spiracular region is bordered above and below with a
somewhat lighter tint. The head is yellowish-brown.

In shape, this butterfly (Fig. 71) resembles rather
closely the male of A. paphia. The costal margin of the
fore-wings is convex, the hind-margin concave. The
wings are slightly scalloped, the hind-wings a little more
deeply than the fore-wings. The ground-colour of the

82 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

upper surface is a rather deep sienna-brown, with very
pale fringe, spotted with black at the ends of the nervures.
Starting with the hind-margin of all the wings, we have
first two fine black lines, then on the fore-wings a double
row of black spots — two spots between each pair of
nervures — on the hind-wings three such rows. Within
these rows are a few more black spots, and along the
costal margin of the fore-wings six black bars. The base
of all the wings is dark. On the under-surface (Fig. 72) the
fore-wings are lighter, and the markings similar to those on
the upper surface, but fainter ; there are a few distinct silver
spots at the tip in a rather bright brown ground. The
hind-wings, where the chief beauty of the insect lies, are
yellowish. Near the margin is a row of large silver spots ;
within these is a row of rich dark brown spots with silver
eyes, and within these again a number of silver spots,
several being very large. All the spots are clearly defined,
and their arrangement will be best made out from the
illustration.

A. aglaia, Linn. (Dark Green Fritillary) (Figs. 73 to 76),
is possibly not so common as paphia^ but rather more so
than adippe. It, moreover, does not share to the same extent
with the other two their great partiality for woods. It has
a liking for ferny hillsides, sand-hills near the sea-shore, and
so on. The eggs are laid in August on the Dog Violet
( Viola canind) or the Sweet Violet ( V. odorata), and are
hatched in about fourteen days. The larvae, after feeding
for a time, hibernate near the roots of the food-plants, and
reappear in the spring to finish feeding, being full-fed in
June. The pupae may be found in that month and the
next, while the imago is out in July and August. It is
fairly common throughout England and Wales, occurring
in abundance in irregularly scattered localities. It is
common in Scotland.

ARGYNNIS AGLAIA. 83

The caterpillar (Fig. 75), which is nearly ifin. in
length, has, like paphia, six rows of long, hairy spines,
black in this species. All the rows are represented on

74

ARGYNNIS AGLAIA.

the central segments, but there are fewer spines towards
the two extremities, where, too, the caterpillar tapers
somewhat. The two spines on the second segment are
simple, short, and pointed over the head, which is black

G 2

84 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

and shining. The ground-colour of the caterpillar is a
dark violet-grey, paler at the divisions between the seg-
ments. There is a slender black dorsal line, bordered on
each side with dull yellow, and the lateral surfaces are
thickly marked with black. The spiracles are black and
grey-edged. Below each is a yellowish-red blotch, followed
by a thin yellowish line, while the ventral surface is dark
brown.

The chrysalis (Fig. 76), which is suspended from the
under-surface of a leaf, has, like paphia, the abdominal
part very much curved, the segments of it being well
defined and bearing on the dorsal surface two rows of
points, calling to mind to some extent the rows of spines
on the larva. The anterior part is black, marked a little
with yellowish-brown, while the rest of the body is brown
and brownish-yellow. The thorax is humped above and
the wing-cases are prominent below; the spiracles are black,
and the whole surface of the chrysalis has a shiny, polished
appearance.

On the upper surface (Fig. 73) of the imago the ground-
colour is a rich sienna-brown. The nervures are black,
and towards the base of the fore-wings are joined by
several irregular black bars. Nearer the hind-margin,
which is nearly straight (concave in paphid), is a row of
seven black spots, the middle one being smaller than the
rest. Outside these again is a row of semi-lunar black
markings, followed by two thin black lines swelling out
at the nervures. At the base of the hind-wings is a large,
irregular dark patch (not so much developed in adippe),
which patch is followed towards the hind-margin by a
row of five spots, the central one being the smallest ; the
rest of the markings resemble those of the fore-wings.
The fringe is pale, but black at the nervures ; all the wings
are slightly scalloped. On the under-surface (Fig. 74) the

ARGYNNIS ADIPPE. 85

ground-colour is dull yellow, tinged with red on the basal
part of the fore-wings, while the greater part of the hind-
wings are rich metallic green, tinged with olive-green
towards the centre. The markings of the fore-wings re-
semble those of the upper surface, but are less distinct,
and there are a few silver marks, especially an indistinct
row of spots near the hind-margin. On the hind-wings
there is a row of seven bright silver spots near the hind-
margin, backed by green crescents, and in the green
portion there are fourteen or fifteen bright silver spots.
The dark lines on some of the nervures of the upper
surface of the fore-wings of the male — the point of
distinction from the female — are not well developed in
this species.

A. adippe, Linn. (High Brown Fritillary) (Figs. 77 to
80), like aglaia^ which it very closely resembles on the upper
surface, is almost as large as the Silver-washed, but scarcely
so fine-looking an insect. It flies almost or quite as strongly
as the last-mentioned, but has a different appearance on the
wing, owing to the darker ground-colour and markings.
Besides favouring the flowers of the bramble with its
attentions as is customary with most Fritillaries, it has
a great liking for the flowers of the thistle, &c., a taste
similar to that of some of its relatives, the Vanessas, and
when sunning itself on a head of thistles or a spray of
bramble-blossoms, its capture is easy, whereas it is a
difficult matter to take it on the wing.

In August the eggs are laid on the Dog Violet ( Viola
canina\ the Sweet Violet (V, odorata), and the Pansy
( V. tricolor]. In about fourteen days they hatch, and the
larvae, after feeding for a time, retire like those of the
rest of the genus to the roots of the food-plants, or to
the dead leaves, and so on, that may usually be found
lying round them. There they spend the winter,

86 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

appearing again in the spring and being full-fed in June.
The pupae may be found in that month and the next,
while the imago is on the wing in July and early
August.

Adippe frequents woods and hill-sides in most parts
of England and Wales, but is local, though often plentiful
where it occurs at all. It does not, as some insects do,
become commoner as we proceed southwards, but, as with
the preceding butterfly, aglaia, the spots where it is common
are scattered here and there through the country — Lincoln-
shire, Westmoreland, and the New Forest being three
amongst others. It is not a Scotch insect.

The larva (Fig. 80) is about the same size as that of
aglaia, and, like it, tapers towards the extremities. The
spines, too, are similar in number and disposition, but
in this case are yellowish-brown. The ground-colour is
a rich, dark pinkish-brown, the pink showing especially
on the lower surface. On the dorsal surface each segment
is adorned with two distinct comma-shaped (*«) black
marks separated by a much lighter streak. The hairy head
is a dull lightish brown, and so are the legs and claspers.

The pupa (Fig. 79), which is similar in shape to that
of the rest of the genus, has a very dark brownish tinge
with golden marks.

The upper surface of the imago (Fig. 77) so closely
resembles that of aglaia in ground-colour, markings,
shape, and margins, that at first sight no difference can
be detected ; but a closer examination shows that the
dark blotch at the base of the hind-wings of aglaia is
replaced in adippe by less compact black markings,
though the base of the wings is often very dark too.
In the row of five black spots mentioned as occurring
on the hind-wings of aglaia, the one nearest the costal
margin and the middle one are small or wanting in

ARGYNNIS ADIPPE.

adippe^ whereas the central one only is small in aglata.
On the under-surface (Fig. 78) the fore-wings very closely
resemble those of aglaia ; but the markings at the tip

79

ARGYNNIS ADIPPE.

are tinged with reddish-brown in this, whereas they are
tinged with green in the other, and contain in adippe
one or two indistinct silver marks, but the marginal row

88 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

of silver spots is absent. The great point of distinction
is found on the hind-wings. There is very little green
at the base, and this is tinged with reddish-brown.
Between the marginal row of seven silver spots (backed
with reddish-brown instead of green) and the other silver
markings is a row of rust-red spots with silver eyes,
which row is entirely absent from aglaia.

As in paphia, the male may be known from the female
by its having black lines on some of the nervures of the
upper surface of the fore-wings. A variety of adippe,
which is, however, rarely seen, has yellowish spots instead
of silver. It has been named cleodoxa, Ochsenheimer.

A. paphia, Linn. (Silver-washed Fritillary) (Figs. 81 to
85), will doubtless be allowed by everyone to hold undisputed
possession of the first place among the Fritillaries. This
position it owes to its size, the bold outline of its wings, the
rich sienna-brown upper surface with distinct black markings,
and above all to the colouring of the under-surface of
the hind-wings — metallic green with traces of the markings
of the upper surface, a shifting purplish tinge here and
there, and ill-defined silver streaks blending with the rest
to form ja most harmonious whole. Paphia is a strong
flyer, arfd not easily taken in a fair chase ; but it has a
liking for the flowers of the bramble, and the collector's
best chance is to watch it down on a bush, and then, with
a careful and judicious sweep of the net, to take it there.
If a hurried, careless stroke is made, the insect, if secured
at all, will scarce die unavenged; for a rent in the net
made by the bramble-hooks will often be the result of
such a stroke. Quiet woodland glades are the haunt of
this not uncommon species, and if specimens are wanted,
there they must be sought. It seems to be present in
most large woods in England and Wales, but is less
common in Scotland.

ARGYNNIS PAPHIA.

90 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The eggs are laid at the end of July or beginning of
August on (or near) the Sweet-scented Violet ( Viola
odorata\ and the Dog Violet ( V. canind) ; the Raspberry
has also been mentioned as a food-plant. The larvae hatch
in a fortnight, so that they are out in August. They
retire to the surface of the ground amongst the herbage
in September, and appear again in the spring, being
full-fed about the end of May or beginning of June, during
which month the pupae may be found suspended from
the stem of some low bush, often the bramble. The
imago is out from June till August.

The larva (Fig. 85) tapers considerably in both directions,
but especially towards the head ; this is small and black,
marked with brown, except on the top, which is much
lighter. The segments of the body, which are clearly
distinguished, are adorned each with a ring of spines.
These spines form eight rows along the caterpillar, though
only the middle segments are represented in all the
eight, and the fourth on each side when present is
very short, being in fact more of the nature of a tubercle.
The second segment carries two spines, which are much
longer than the rest, and point forward over the head.
The spines are rust-coloured with black hairs and tips.
The ground-colour of the larva is rich brown, having a
somewhat smoky tinge on the ventral surface and claspers.
The legs are black. There are two distinct yellowish
dorsal lines ; on each segment are several subdorsal
blackish streaks, and a large black spot in front of the
dorsal pair of spines. The spiracles are black.

The pupa (Fig. 84) is stout and very much angled ;
there is a large hump on the keeled thorax. The anterior
extremity is two-pointed, or two-eared as it is often called,
and the back is very much curved. The abdominal
segments and thorax are adorned with tubercles, which

MELIT^A. 91

look as if they had taken the place of some of the spines
of the larval stage. The colour is greyish, with darker
markings ; and, as with several of its near relatives, the
surface has in many places a golden lustre.

The costal margin of the fore-wings is much arched,
the hind-margin of all the wings is slightly scalloped, and
that of the fore-wings rather concave. The fore-wings of the
male (Fig. 81) are much less scalloped than those of the
female (Fig. 83). The ground-colour is rich sienna
in the male, duller in the female. In the male there
is a broad, raised, black line along four of the
nervures of the fore-wings. On all the wings the nervures
are connected towards the base by black bars, and there
are two rows of spots, parallel to the hind-margin, two
spots occurring between each pair of nervures ; on the
hind-wings these spots are almost round, and very regular.
Each nervure bears near its extremity a diamond-shaped
black spot. On the under-surface (Fig. 82) the fore-
wings are pale yellowish-brown, with black spots, and a few
greenish ones at the tip ; the hind-wings have been
described above.

There is a beautiful variety of the female named valezina,
Esper, in which the upper surface is dull brownish-green.
In addition to the usual markings, which are made
indistinct by the dark ground-colour, there are some
whitish patches near the tip of the fore-wings. The
New Forest is a good locality for this variety, but it is
sometimes taken in Devon and elsewhere.

Melitaea, Fabr.

This genus contains three British species — M. aurinia,
M. cinxia, M. athalia — which may be characterised as
having on the upper surface the usual orange-brown
ground-colour, chequered with black, but as having below

92 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

yellow or white spots, instead of silver ones. The antennae
are knobbed, and the costal margin of the fore-wings is
almost straight. The larvae have short, blunt spines, with
black bristles. When hatched, they bind together with
silken threads a few leaves of the food-plant, making a
kind of tent, under whose protection they live and feed.
This they continue to do, taking new and larger dwellings
as they grow, till towards the end of summer, when they
descend the food-plant and make down among the thicker
herbage close to the ground a stronger dwelling-place, in
which they pass the winter in companies, appearing again
to finish feeding in early spring, when they separate and
discard their customary shelter. The pupae, which are
suspended by the anal extremity by means of tiny hooks
fastened to a pad of silk usually on the food-plant, are
stout, and without any anterior points or keels, either
dorsal or lateral, in this respect differing considerably from
the genus Argynnis. The sexes are similar. The genus
Melitaa is well represented in the Northern Hemisphere,
except in high latitudes, but does not extend to Africa
or South America.

M. aurinia, Rott, M. artemis, Fabr. (Greasy or
Marsh Fritillary) (Figs. 86 to 89), obtains its first English
name from the shiny, smeared, appearance of both surfaces
of the wings, making the insect look very much as if it was
affected with grease. The second English name has re-
ference to the localities to which the butterfly is rather
partial. It delights to sun itself on the many flowers to
be found in damp meadows and marshy spots, where it
may easily be caught, for even if it takes wing its flight
is weak. The conspicuous larva is often " stung," and
falls a victim to the larvae of a species of Microgaster
(an ichneumon-fly), of which twenty or more may be
feeding within it at once.

MELI1VEA AURINIA. 93

In early June the eggs are laid on the lower leaves of
the Devil's-bit Scabious (Scabiosa succisd) usually, but at
times on the Field Scabious (Knautia arvensis). Narrow-
leaved Plantain (Plantago lanceolatd), and Foxglove
(Digitalis purpurea\ while the larvae will feed in confine-
ment on the Honeysuckle. The eggs are hatched in about
a fortnight, and the larvae, when about half-grown, retire
and hibernate during the winter. They are full-fed about
the end of April or beginning of May. After spending
about a fortnight as chrysalides, the perfect insects
emerge during May, and remain on the wing that month
and the next.

This local butterfly is probably to be found in most
counties in England and Wales, and in some places in
Scotland ; but its presence is regulated by the supply
of its commonest food-plant, the Devil's-bit Scabious, and
the damp spots which it and its food-plant both affect.

The larva (Fig. 86) is about lin. or ijin. long, and has
the segments distinct. The colour is black, except on
the ventral surface, which is very dark brown, the claspers
are lighter, the legs are black, and so is the head, the
latter being shiny and covered with black hairs. The
body, which is covered with short hairs, is sprinkled with
white dots, . arranged roughly in three lines : one dorsal
and two spiracular, the latter being the clearer. The short,
hairy spines are as many as eleven on the middle segments,
but less at the two extremities.

The chrysalis (Fig. 87) is short and stout, with a
broad head. The back is much curved, and the anal
extremity bent forward as in illustration. The colour is
white, changing to orange as the time for emergence
approaches. The wing-cases, which are slightly produced
in front, are marked with black, and there are black mark-
ings on the leg and antennae cases, head, and dorsal

94 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

surface. A few orange dots are also to be found with the
black.

On the upper surface of the imago (Fig. 88), starting
from the outer margin, we get first the black margin, then
a row of yellow semi-lunar spots ; next, a broad brownish-
orange band, divided by the nervures, and each division
on the hind-wings containing a black dot ; next follows a
band of yellow spots, with broad black boundaries ; within
this, on the fore-wings, are a few spaces, some yellow and
some orange, while the rest of the hind-wings is chiefly
black. On the under-surface (Fig. 89) the markings are
very similar, but the black is either very much toned down
or reduced to fine lines.

M. cinxia, Linn. (Glanville Fritillary) (Figs. 90 to 93),
is an extremely local butterfly in England, though plentiful
on the Continent. Its stronghold is in the Isle of Wight,
and it is seldom taken elsewhere. Other localities that have
been mentioned are the New Forest, Kent, Wilts, Cam-
bridgeshire, Lincolnshire, Northants, Yorkshire, and Fife.
It usually flies slowly, and may be easily caught.

During May and June the eggs are laid in clusters
on the Narrow-leaved Plantain (Plantago lanceolata) and
possibly on some other plants, such as those mentioned
for M. athalia. The larvae, while still small, retire in-
companies for the winter into a retreat of leaves bound
together with silk. They reappear in the spring, and are
full-fed about the end of April. After about a fortnight,
the insect leaves the chrysalis, which is attached to the
food-plant or to some object near. The imago is on the
wing during May and June.

The larvae of cinxia and of the other butterflies of the
genus Melitcza are very conspicuous, and we may wonder
why they do not all fall victims to birds and other enemies
to the caterpillar tribe. It is, however, the opinion of

MELIT^A CINXIA. 95

many that hairy or spiny caterpillars are not usually eaten
by birds ; but whether that is so or not, there is doubtless
here again an instance of " protective resemblance." The
caterpillar (and to a great extent the chrysalis too) re-
sembles very closely indeed the young flower-heads of the
plantain, when they begin to appear among the leaves,
and on a cursory glance one would be very readily taken
for the other. Ichneumons, however, sometimes find out
the caterpillars and " sting" them, the fly this time, in
some cases at least, being much larger than the one that
attacks M. aurinia, a single grub only being nourished
apparently by one cinxia caterpillar.

The larva (Fig. 90) so closely resembles that of M.
aurinia that it is difficult to distinguish between them ;
the head, however, is red instead of black, and the white
dots are arranged in a double row encircling the caterpillar
at the divisions between the segments.

The pupa (Fig. 91) is short and stout, with a broad
head. It is nearly smooth, and, as with M. aurinia, the
back is very much curved, and the anal extremity
points forwards. The head is almost black, with a few
yellowish marks. The colour then shades off posteriorly
through a blackish-bronze to yellowish. There are four
orange dots on the head in the form of a square, and
a few yellowish ones on the wing-cases. Besides these
there is a dorsal line of orange dots, one on each segment,
as well as two or three lateral lines of a similar colour, the
one nearest the dorsal line being distinct, the others not.
There are also some black dots on each segment. The
rather distinct antennae-cases are marked with alternate
black and white dots.

On the upper surface the imago (Fig. 92) resembles
very closely indeed that of the next butterfly, M. athalia.
In both the ground-colour is rich orange-red, with a kind

96 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

of gridiron-like chequering of black. Perhaps there is
rather more black in athalia, but the "point of distinction
on the upper surface is the presence in cinxia of a line of
black dots (absent in athalia) parallel to the hind-margin
of the hind-wings. The under-surface (Fig. 93) less closely
resembles that of athalia. The fore-wings are orange,
with a yellow outer margin and tip. The hind-wings have
first a line of yellow spaces along the outer margin, then a
line of orange ones with black dots, next a line of yellow
ones with black dots, followed by a line of orange spaces
enclosing one yellow space, and the base of the wings is
yellow, with black dots. There are besides several black
dots not yet mentioned, especially on the fore-wings. The
markings are distinct, for many of the spaces referred to
are defined by clear black lines or nervures. This butterfly
varies considerably in different specimens.

M. athalia, Rott. (Heath Fritillary or Pearl-bordered
Likeness Fritillary) (Figs. 94 to 97), gets its first common
name from the kind of locality the imago frequents —
heaths and openings in woods. The second name is not
a good one, as it leads to confusion with two species
of Argynnis. M. athalia, though very local, is usually
abundant where it occurs at all. Its chief home is
in the south of England : it is rare in the north. It
has been taken abundantly in parts of Cornwall, Devon,
Sussex, Kent, and Stafford, and has occurred in Bucks,
Essex, Gloucester, Suffolk, and Wiltshire. Like the last
butterfly it varies considerably in its markings, and a
good series will be required for the cabinet.

The Heath Fritillary is later than the other two
species of the genus. The eggs are laid in July, on
several plants, among them being the Narrow-leaved
Plantain (Plantago lanceolata), the Broad-leaved Plantain
(P. major), Wood Sage (Teucrium Scorodonia\ Germander

93

MELIT^A AURINIA (86 TO 89), M. CINXIA (90 TO 93),
AND M. ATHALIA (94 TO 97).

98 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Speedwell ( Veronica Chamcedrys), Cowwheat (Melampyrum
pratense\ Foxglove (Digitalis purpured)^ and perhaps
Heath. The larvae emerge in about a fortnight, and
after feeding for a short time hibernate till the end of
April. They are full-fed about the end of May or
beginning of June, and after remaining in the chrysalis
state about three weeks the butterflies emerge, and
continue on the wing till July.

The larva (Fig. 94) is about ijin. in length. The
dorsal surface is black, and the ventral pinkish-grey ;
both surfaces are thickly covered with white dots,
forming transverse rows on the divisions between the
segments, which are distinct. The head is black, with
white points, the legs are black, and the claspers grey.
' The spines, which are yellowish-brown, not black as in
the other two species of the genus, are eleven in
number on the central segments, but less at the two
extremities.

In shape the pupa (Fig. 95) resembles that of aurinia —
broad head, curved back, wing-cases slightly produced
ventrally, and anal extremity pointing forwards. The
colour is almost white, with black and orange markings ;
the leg-cases have black markings ; the thorax has two
black marks edged with orange. The dorsal surface of
the abdomen is banded alternately with black and orange.

A typical athalia very closely resembles aurinia on the
upper surface (Fig. 96), but has no row of black dots on
the hind-wings. Below (Fig. 97) the resemblance is close
also; but the markings are less clearly outlined, and in
the hind-wings the compartments contain no black dots.
The middle lightest band on the hind-wings has a slight
silver tinge ; the rest of the markings on both wings
are yellow and orange, those on the hind-wings being
arranged roughly in bands.

VANESSA. 99

Vanessa, Ochsenheimer.

The British Vanessas form a well-defined group of
butterflies, possessing, amongst other marked similarities,
a great brilliancy and richness of colouring, such as we
usually associate with the denizens of countries much
more favoured with sunny weather than our own. They
are seven in number, and are known as the Comma,
V. C-album ; Large Tortoiseshell, V. polychloros ; Small
Tortoiseshell, V. iirticce. ; Peacock, V. to; Camberwell
Beauty, Vanessa antiopa ; Red Admiral, V. atalanta ;
Painted Lady, V. cardui.

For richness, yet simplicity, of colouring the palm must
no doubt be given to the Camberwell Beauty, with its
wings of deep chocolate edged with cream ; the striking
contrast of the black, scarlet, and white of the Red
Admiral giving that insect a good second place ; though
perhaps many may prefer to both the more gorgeous
Peacock, well-named after the bird whose eye-spots it
has so closely simulated. The other four, though coming
some distance behind, are nevertheless sufficiently bril-
liant with their rich, russet ground-colour relieved by
markings of black, white, and blue. The outlines of all,
except the Painted Lady and the Red Admiral, are in-
dented, and this indentation is carried to the extreme in
the case of the Comma, as a reference to Fig. 99 will
shew. There is very little difference between the male
and female in any of the species of this genus.

The Camberwell Beauty is unfortunately scarce, though
it is found occasionally — but, as a rule, singly — throughout
England. The Comma and the Large Tortoiseshell are
none too often found. The Red Admiral, Peacock, and
Small Tortoiseshell, are common enough everywhere, and
the other — the Painted Lady — is fairly so. All are strong

H 2

100 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

flyers and bold insects, haunting the gardens and even
streets of our towns, as well as sylvan glades and flowery
hillsides, where butterflies are usually to be found. When
intent on sipping the nectar of flowers — or it may be,
in the case of antiopa, the juices of over-ripe fruit —
they may often be taken with the hand.

The Peacock and indeed all the Vanessas delight to
sun themselves' upon the heads of thistles and other
similar plants, and may there be watched alternately
opening and closing their wings, one moment displaying
all the colours of the rainbow, and the next, may be,
a deep, funereal black. Then is the time with a down-
ward sweep of the net to secure the prize ; but, should
the attempt fail, one would need the speed of the wind
to get another stroke, unless, as is very likely, the insect
should wantonly return to the same neighbourhood.

A point worthy of note in connection with the contrast
between the brilliant colouring of the upper surface and
the sombre tints underneath is the means afforded thereby
for the insect's protection. Though, for instance, the
Large Tortoiseshell would be readily enough seen when
displaying its upper surface on the bark of an elm-tree,
let it once close its wings and it would need a practised
eye indeed to detect its presence.

The caterpillars vary somewhat in colour and in the
arrangement of the dots, or lines, or both, with which
they are marked, but they are all alike in being adorned
with spines. The caterpillar of the Large Tortoise-
shell feeds on the elm — for which reason the perfect
insect is sometimes called the Elm Butterfly — and also
on the willow, which is the food-plant of the larva of
the Camberwell Beauty. That of the Comma feeds on
various plants, the hop, red currant, elm, willow, and
nettle being amongst them. The Painted Lady larva

VANESSA. 101

affects thistles and the nettle ; while the other three keep
almost entirely to the latter. All the caterpillars are some-
what conspicuous, and therefore readily found. They can
easily be reared, and imagines in perfect plumage may be
thus secured. But should several of the caterpillars be
seen with one intent hurriedly moving away from the
food-plants, let these be taken, for they are just on the
point of turning into chrysalides, and the perfect insect
may from them be obtained without the trouble of rearing
the caterpillars.

The chrysalides of all the Vanessas are similar in form,
being very angular, and adorned with metallic, usually
golden, spots, whence the term chrysalis, derived from
a Greek word meaning "gold," was bestowed upon them,
and has been since extended to the pupae of all butter-
flies. The chrysalides of this genus are suspended by
their anal extremities, without any covering whatever to
protect them from the weather; indeed, such a covering
would be quite unnecessary, as the pupal state is passed
in the height of summer.

The perfect insects are on the wing during the later
months of summer and the early autumn. As the cold
weather approaches, they retire to some sheltered spot,
and there hibernate during the winter, appearing again
towards the end of spring, when the eggs are laid
which are to produce the summer's brood. Often one
— a Small Tortoiseshell especially — that' has taken refuge
in the roof of some large building, is roused from its
winter's sleep, and flutters about quite out of place,
when the room has become unusually warm, may be on
the occasion of some Christmas festivity.

On account of their ability to live through the winter,
we should look with peculiar favour on the Vanessas
and a few other butterflies that hibernate like them, for

IO2 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

they are the first to tell us of the summer that is coming,
and the last to remind us of that which has passed.

V. C-album, Linn. (Comma) (Figs. 98 to 101), on
account of the deep indentations and therefore jagged
outline of its wings, might at first sight be easily mistaken
for a dilapidated specimen of the Large or Small Tortoise-
shell, but it will not be long before their more sought
after relative is recognised and, with good luck, cap-
tured. V. C-album should be looked for in open glades
of woods or along country hedgerows, especially where
brambles grow, for it has a great partiality for these plants.
Powerful flight would hardly be expected as an accom-
paniment of deeply-indented wings, but such is one of
the features of this butterfly, which at times may be
seen sailing aloft round the tops of the trees, just as
is often the case with other species of its genus.

Though at one time widely distributed over England
and Wales and in many places common, V. C-album
seems now to be gradually becoming scarcer and scarcer.
The districts round which it chiefly centres appear to be
North Wales and the counties on each side of the
English and Welsh borders. Outside these localities
collectors, if they find it at all, will do well not to expect
to meet with it in numbers.

It is uncertain whether C-album is single- or double-
brooded. The winter is passed in the perfect state, and
the butterflies reappear about May. They are seen from
that date onwards, but the chief flight occurs in Septem-
ber and October. The larvae, which feed principally on
the Hop (Humulus Lupulus\ the common Nettle
(Urtica dioica), and the Red Currant (Ribes rubrum),
may be found in July and August, and perhaps in the
spring, while the pupae occur in September, if not before
also.

VANESSA C-ALBUM.

103

The full-grown larva (Fig. 101), the "silver bug" as
it used to be called in Sussex when it was common in
the hop-gardens there, is about liin. in length, and

VANESSA C-ALBUM.

is armed with short bristle-bearing spines. Ot these
there are four on the third and fourth segments,
seven on segments five to twelve, and four on the

104 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

thirteenth. The coloration, which is very elaborate, is
thus described by J. Hellins : " The ground-colour is black
dotted with red, the head black ; the second segment has
a fine red dorsal line ; segments three to six have each
a transverse red patch on the back, and the subdivisions
lined in red, and their dorsal and subdorsal spines red ;
then comes on segments seven to eleven a broad dorsal
band of white, with a dusky blackish dorsal line, and
some short black streaks ; here the dorsal and subdorsal
spines are white ; on twelve this white band ends in a
wedge shape ; thirteen is black, but its spines are white ;
the lateral row of spines all red, the subspiracular row
pink ; the spiracular region is marked with an upper and
lower waved red line, with a red slanting streak behind
each spiracle connecting the two ; the spiracles are con-
spicuous, being black ringed with white ; the belly
blackish with some red-brown marks ; legs blackish."
The head bears two short horns.

The pupa (Fig. 100) is about Jin. long, and has
two ears to the head. There is a prominent
projection on the thorax, succeeded by a hollow, after
which the contour follows a convex arch to the anal
extremity. Each side has a subdorsal row of nine small
points with reddish tips, and the wing-cases are pro-
minent. The colour is purplish-brown, with a greyish
line down the back of the abdomen, which also bears six
V-shaped marks. There are six silver spots behind the
thorax and a brown stripe along the spiracles ; the under-
surface of the abdomen bears some dark marks.

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Fig. 99) is nearly straight, and the hind-margin of all the
wings very jagged. The inner margin of the fore-wings
has a deep hollow. The colour of the upper surface is
brownish-orange, with a broad band of redder brown

VANESSA POLYCHLOROS. 105

along the hind-margin of the wings. The fore-wings
have seven dark brown spots ; the hind-wings have
three brown spots near the base, and an extra band
of brown. The under-surface (Fig. 98), which is
mottled with brown, has on each hind-wing a white
mark resembling a comma or C, which gives the
insect its name. Some specimens have a pale ochreous
ground-colour to the under-surface, while others have it
dark grey. The former may belong to the suspected early
brood.

V. polychloros, Linn. (Large Tortoiseshell, or Elm
Butterfly) (Figs. 102 to 105), is one of our larger and
finer butterflies, not so gorgeous indeed as some, but suffi-
ciently striking and handsome nevertheless. It is widely
but very sparingly distributed through England and Wales,
and has been taken in Scotland near Melrose, in Kincar-
dineshire, in Aberdeenshire, and in Argyll, at least. It
would be of little use to give localities in England, but
it may be noted that the Large Tortoiseshell is considered
to occur in the East and in the Midlands more abundantly
than elsewhere. It must, however, in any case be looked
upon as one of our scarcer butterflies.

The eggs are laid in May on a considerable number
of different trees, the Elm (Ulmus) of one species or
other being that usually selected. Other food-plants
mentioned by various authorities are Sallow, Willow, and
more than one species of osier, all belonging to the genus
SaliX) the Aspen (Populus trcmula), the Cherry (Prunus
cerasus), and two Pears, the White Beam-tree (Pyrus Aria)
and the Common Pear (Pyrus communis). The larvae
are full-fed soon after the middle of June and the
imagines are out about mid-July. They retire early in the
autumn to hibernate for the winter, and reappear about
May or a little earlier.

io6

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The larva (Fig. 103), which is about 2in. in length,
bears short, branched spines, yellowish-brown in colour,

VANESSA POLYCHLOROS.

with black points. The third and fourth segments possess
four, the fifth to the twelfth seven, and the thirteenth four.

VANESSA URTIC^:. 1 07

The ground-colour is black ; the dorsal surface is thickly
sprinkled with brown, and down the centre of it is a fine
black streak. The sides are very thickly sprinkled
with brown and so is the ventral surface, there being
on these parts, indeed, more brown than black. The
head and legs are black, and the spiracles are of the
same colour surrounded with brown ; the claspers are
brown, with dark markings. The larva is slightly hairy.

The pupa (Fig. 102), about lin. in length, has the
head eared and a large projection on the thorax which
is laterally keeled. This is followed by a deep hollow
bearing six gilt spots, and then by a well-arched abdomen,
each side of which has a subdorsal row of sharp dark-
coloured points. The colour is a warm brown, lighter
on the abdomen, which has on each side a row of tiny
black spots on each segment. The anal spike is outlined
in black and white.

The imago (Fig. -105) has the costal margin of the
fore-wings arched and the hind-margin of all the wings
rather deeply indented. This insect much resembles the
small one described below ; the ground-colour, however,
is duller. The spot near the tip of the fore-wings is
cream instead of white, and there is an extra black spot
near the anal angle of the fore-wings. The marginal
blue spots, moreover, are found chiefly on the hind-
wings. The under-surface (Fig. 104) very closely resembles
that of V. urtica. This butterfly varies considerably in
size.

V. urticae, Linn. (Small Tortoiseshell) (Figs. 106 to
109), unlike its larger relative, is usually common, but,
on account of its rich colouring, none the less welcome.
Timidity is not one of its attributes, and it may often be
seen in flower-gardens, where few blossoms surpass it in
beauty. Like V. antiopa it has been observed at sugar.

108 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

During May and June the eggs of this insect are laid
on the two common Nettles (Urtica dioica and U. urens),
and hatch in about a fortnight, the earlier larvae being
full-fed in June. After a week or two as pupae the
imagines appear, and are found on the wing during late
summer and early autumn. They then hibernate, re-
appearing at the return of spring. As a matter of fact,
it would be difficult to name a period during the butterfly-
season when urticcz cannot be found.

The larva (Fig. 109), about i^in. in length, is, like all
its relatives, spine-bearing. The spines, which are short
and of a brownish colour, with black branches, are dis-
posed four on the third and fourth segments, seven on
segments five to twelve, and four on the thirteenth.
Black is the ground-colour of the dorsal surface, which
is thickly studded with small yellow dots, sometimes
forming a medio-dorsal yellow stripe, along the centre
of which runs a fine black line. Yellowish-brown
is the colour predominating on the rest of the body,
which carries two lateral yellow stripes, one above
and the other below the spiracles. These are black
set in a yellow ring. The head and legs are shining
black, and the whole of the larva is downy. Consider-
able variation is shown in the colouring of individual
specimens.

The pupa (Fig. 108) is some fin. long, the head is
eared, the thorax rises to a sharp-pointed projection and
is keeled laterally, the abdomen is arched and bears two
subdorsal lines of sharp spines, while the mid-dorsal line
has slight indications of the mid-dorsal spines on the
larva. The ground-colour is yellowish-brown thickly
sprinkled with darker brown. Many specimens are very
much gilt, especially on those points which are
prominent. It has lately been noticed that the colour

VANESSA URTIC.E.

109

of the chrysalis varies considerably in accordance with
the colour of surrounding objects.

107

VANESSA URTIC^E.

V. urticcz (Figs. 106 and 107) has a nearly straight costal
margin to the fore-wings, while the hind-margin of all the
wings is scalloped and somewhat angled. The ground-

110 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

colour of the wings is reddish-orange approaching to scarlet,
with a blue and black border. The fore-wings contain
six black spots, three being along the costal margin.
These three are separated by yellow patches, and there
is a white spot near the tip of the fore-wings, which
distinguishes this butterfly from V. polychloros. There
is a brown patch at the base of each wing. The under-
surface (Fig. 106) is. tawny, thickly marked with dark
brown.

Vanessa io, Linn. (Peacock) (Figs. 110 to 113),
while one of the most beautiful of the Vanessas is also
one of the commonest. It is, however, very powerful on
the wing, and none too easily caught; but, as imagines
are reared from the eggs or larvae without difficulty,
collectors cannot do better than adopt this interesting
plan of obtaining a series for their cabinets.

Urtica dioica, the common Nettle, is the plant selected
by io on which to deposit her eggs. They are laid in
April and May, and hatch in about a fortnight. The
larvae feed during June and July, pupae are found in
July and August, while the imagines appear in August,
fly for a time, then hibernate and reappear in the spring.

Though the larva of io (Fig. no) has the spines charac-
teristic of the genus they are differently disposed, being
situate two on the third and fourth segments, four on
the fifth, six on segments six to twelve, and four on the
thirteenth. The spines are long, branched, and deep
black : there is no medio-dorsal series. The ground-
colour is velvety-black, and each segment has several
rows of tiny white dots. The head, legs, and anal claspers
are black, but the ventral claspers are reddish.

The pupa (Fig. in) is over lin. in length; the head
carries two long ears ; the thorax is laterally keeled, and
bears a high dorsal protuberance, while the abdomen

VANESSA IO.

Ill

has on each side a subdorsal line of sharp dark-tipped
spines. In colour the pupa varies from brownish to

brightish yellow, and is thickly sprinkled with purplish
brown dots, the prominent points being marked with
the same colour.

112 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The costal margin of the fore-wings (Fig. 113) is slightly
convex, and the hind-margin of all the wings angled.
The ground-colour of the fore-wings is scarlet, becoming
brown near the hind-margin. On the hind-wings the
scarlet is only found in the centre ; the rest is brown.
Each wing contains the eye-spot from which the insect
takes its name. There are also near the costal margin
of the fore-wings two black patches, in the shape of half-
crescents. The under-surface (Fig. 112) is a mixture of
dark browns and black, appearing at a little distance
almost perfectly black.

V. antiopa, Linn. (Camberwell Beauty) (Figs. 114 to
117), is one of those butterflies which every entomologist
hopes some day to take, but whose appearance is so
capricious that its capture may well be underlined in the
fortunate collector's note-book. It almost always appears
singly, so that the capture of one by no means implies
that others are in the neighbourhood.

During the last twenty-one seasons (to take the records
in The Entomologist only) but one year — 1872 — can be
fairly called an "fl«//0/tf-year." In that season at least one
specimen, but often a considerable number, was recorded
from every county in England, except Cumberland,
Westmoreland, Salop, Rutland, Hereford, Northampton-
shire, Bedford, Monmouth, Oxon, Wilts, Worcester, and
Dorset ; -while captures are also mentioned from Wales,
Ireland, and Scotland as far north as Aberdeen. The
next season, 1873, yielded a fair number of specimens
from twelve counties, Worcester and Cumberland this time
being amongst them. We have but one record in 1874,
seven in 1875, an(^ f°ur m J876 — these twelve occurring
in Hants, Gloucester, Surrey, Kent, Essex, Norfolk, Yorks,
Northumberland, Dumfries, and Antrim. In 1877 there
were six records ; in 1878, three; in 1879, none; in 1880,

VANESSA ANTIOPA. 113

twenty-eight, half being in the Home Counties — Essex,
Middlesex, Surrey, and Kent — and one in Oxon, which
has not yet been mentioned; in 1881, five, three of
them being in Middlesex; in 1882 and 1883, none; in
1884, three, one being in Dorset; in 1885, three; in
1886, one; in 1887, three; in 1888, eleven; in 1889,
seven; in 1890, none; and in 1891 and 1892, one each.
From the returns furnished it would seem therefore that
the counties most favoured by this exquisite butterfly
have been Kent, Surrey, Essex, Hants, Sussex, Middlesex,
Yorks, Cambs, and Norfolk ; while Westmoreland, Salop,
Rutland, Hereford, Northants, Bedford, Monmouth, and
Wilts have been entirely unrepresented.

Antiopa may appear at most unlikely times and in
most unexpected places. It sometimes feeds at night,
for records exist of its having been taken both at sallows
and at sugar. One of the characteristics of this butterfly
is a decided partiality for ripe fruit, for it has been found
feeding on ripe gooseberries, plums, pears, peaches, and
greengages at least. Like some others of its kind it has
been seen to settle on a freshly-watered road ; while a
manure-heap and dried cow-droppings as well as trees
affected by the larvae of the Goat-moth (Cossus ligniperdd)
have lured it to its doom. Antiopa is by no means shy
of visiting our streets, and even here its fondness for
things sweet has not deserted it, for the attraction of a
stray sugar-tub or an empty rum-cask has afforded its
pursuer opportunity to approach.

In spring after the winter's sleep is over the eggs of
this butterfly are laid on the White Willow (Salix alba),
and occasionally on the Birch (Betula alba) and Nettle
(Urtica dioica). The larvae are found in June and July,
the pupae in July, and the imagines from August.

The larva (Fig. 115) is about ifin. in length and has

i

114 ™E BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

long branched black spines, four on the third and fourth
segments, six on segments five and six, seven on

VANESSA ANTIOPA.

segments seven to twelve, and four on the thirteenth.
The ground-colour is velvety-black, with a dark red

VANESSA ANTIOPA. 115

blotch on segments four to eleven, and all the body
except these blotches is densely covered with soft grey
hairs. The black dorsal line is continued, though much
narrower, through the coloured blotches. The head and
legs are black and the claspers reddish.

The portly pupa (Fig. 11-4) has its ears rather short,
the thoracic bump pronounced, and the back of the
abdomen much arched and bearing a mid-dorsal line
of tiny points. On each side of this is a subdorsal line
of much longer spines, the pair on the highest part of
the abdomen being longest. Each wing-case bears three
projections, two forming a lateral keel to the thorax and
the other being at the tip of the wing-case. The
colour is brown, freckled with darker brown. All the
points are black-tipped and each segment of the abdomen
bears laterally several black dots. The under-surface of
the anal hook is black. The specimen from which
this description was made measured lin. in length.

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Figs. 116 and 117) is nearly straight till it approaches
the tip, and the hind-margin of each of the wings bears
a couple of prominent angles. The colour of the upper
surface is deep chocolate, edged from the tip of the fore-
wings to the anal angle of the hind-wings with creamy-
white speckled with black. Near this band the ground-
colour becomes almost black and contains a row of blue
spots. There are two cream-coloured spots on the costal
margin of the fore-wings near the tip. The under-surface
(Fig. 1 1 6) has the same cream-coloured markings, but
within the band the colouring is similar to that of the
whole of the under-surface of V. io. The pale margin
varies considerably in depth of colouring; some specimens
having it nearly white, and others of quite a yellow tint.
The former used to be looked upon as natives, and

I 2

Il6 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the latter as immigrants. It seems likely, however, that
all may have yellow borders at first, which become paler
after hibernation.

V. atalanta, Linn. (Red Admiral) (Figs. 118 to 121),
is another very powerful flyer, and at times given to
soaring. It is, perhaps, more difficult to take than the
Peacock, unless it should be observed sucking the nectar
from flowers. So intent is it sometimes in this occupa-
tion, that it may be quite easily removed from the
blossom with the fingers. Like others of its genus it
sometimes visits at night the sugar that has been placed
as a lure for moths. Though usually very generally
distributed throughout Great Britain and Ireland, it is
very much more common in some seasons than in
others. During last season — 1892 — atalanta favoured us
with its presence in more than the usual numbers.

The eggs are laid in May and June on the common
Nettle (Urtica dioicd)^ while the larvae have also been seen
feeding upon Pellitory-of-the-Wall (Parietaria officinalis).
In June, July, and August the larvae are found, and the
chrysalides in the last two months, while the imagines
are on the wing from August until October, and again
till June after the winter's sleep is past.

When full-grown, the larva (Fig. 119) is about i^in.
long, and has the characteristic spines. It feeds in a
tent-like structure formed of the leaves of its food-plant,
held together with silk. Though specimens often closely
approximate to cardui in general appearance, the spines,
which vary greatly in colour, are longer than those of
that species, but not so long as those of to or antiopa.
Their disposition is four on the third and fourth seg-
ments, seven on segments five to twelve, and four on
the thirteenth. So far as the ground-colour is con-
cerned, this varies through black-brown, russet-brown, and

VANESSA ATALANTA.

117

soft grey, to greyish-green. There are usually two yellow
lateral stripes, the upper being narrower than the lower,

118

VANESSA ATALANTA.

and on each segment is a pair of distinct black blotches
one on each side. The head and legs are black, and
the claspers brown like the ventral surface.

Il8 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The plump pupa (Fig. 118) is about lin. long, with
the ears on the head reduced to rounded prominences.
The thorax bears a central protuberance, and is laterally
keeled. There is the usual pair of subdorsal rows of
spines, though these are "rather blunter than in urticce,
and the medio-dorsal spines of the larva are reproduced
in miniature. In colour the pupa is whitish-grey, with a
delicate pale purple bloom. The dorsal points are gilt,
and the nervures faintly outlined on the wing-cases.
This to my mind is one of the most delicately beautiful
of our butterfly pupae.

V. atalanta has the costal margin of the fore-wings
arched; while the hind-margin of all the wings is scalloped,
that of the fore-wings having a concavity as in V. cardui.
On the upper surface (Fig. 121) the ground-colour of
the wings is black. The fore-wings are crossed by a band
of scarlet, which is continued as a margin to the hind-wings,
where it contains some black dots. There are five white
spots at the tip of the fore-wings, and a blue one at the
• anal angle of the hind-wings. On the under-surface
(Fig. 120) the fore-wings have the scarlet band and the
white spots together with a little blue, while the hind-
wings are a delicate mixture of cream, blue, brown, and
black.

V. cardui, Linn. (Painted Lady) (Figs. 122 to 125),
approaches somewhat to V. antiopa in the capriciousness
of its appearance ; it is, however, usually much more
abundant, and does not as a rule occur singly, as is
generally the case with the latter butterfly. Some seasons
it may be particularly scarce throughout the kingdom, and
altogether absent from many localities ; while in other
seasons again it occurs quite plentifully. In 1892 after
the appearance of a considerable number of hibernated
specimens in the spring, entomologists were delighted

VANESSA CARDUI.

to find a corresponding abundance of the fresh brood
in the autumn. It may be expected throughout Great
Britain and Ireland.

125

VANESSA CARDUI.

As may be gathered from the specific name, the Thistle
is the plant on which the eggs are usually deposited, but
both the Nettle (Urtica dioica) and the Mallow (Malva
sylvestris] are sometimes visited. The females commence

120 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

ovipositing about June, and the larvae first appear the
same month, but may be found till September. The
first chrysalides are to be obtained in July, and the
imagines come out in August. They are on the wing till
October, then retire for the winter, and fly again in the
spring till about June.

The larva (Fig. 123) is about iiin. long, and is
furnished with yellowish-white spines (having black
branches), arranged four on the third and fourth seg-
ments, seven on segments five to twelve, and four on
the thirteenth. The ground-colour is black, bedewed
with yellow spots, the ventral surface being reddish. A
bright yellow line is found just below the spiracles, and
a much fainter one, formed of dots, just above them. The
spiracles are black, surrounded with a whitish-yellow ring.
There is a medio-dorsal thin black line, bordered on
each side by a line made up of yellow dots. The head
is black, and the legs and claspers are dark red. The
body is slightly hairy. On Buckler's authority, the
mallow-fed larva of this species is densely covered with
long hairs. Like the larva of atalanta, this caterpillar
makes itself a shelter with the leaves of its food-plant.

In length the pupa (Fig. 122) measures something under
i in., and in outline closely resembles the rounded
chrysalis of atalanta, the ears and thoracic bump
being blunt. On the abdomen is a central row of short
blunt spines, followed on each side by a subdorsal row
of larger ones. As to colour, some specimens are dull
brown, black dotted, while others are much paler and of
a greenish tinge. The former have some dark markings ;
and the chrysalis of cardui is always noted for its golden
appearance.

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Fig. 125) is arched, and the hind-margin of all the wings

LIMENITIS SIBYLLA. 121

is scalloped ; while the concave general outline of the
hind-margin of the fore-wings gives the insect a very
graceful appearance. The ground-colour consists of
various shades of reddish-brown, irregularly marked with
black. There are five white spots near the tip of the
fore-wings, and five black ones near the margin of the
hind-wings. "On the under-surface (Fig. 124) the fore-
wings are marked much in the same way, but in some-
what lighter tints.. The hind-wings are delicately pencilled
with brown and cream, and there are five beautiful eye-
spots corresponding to the five black spots on the upper
surface. Contrary to usual custom, the under-surface is
more beautiful than the upper.

Limenitis, Bdv.

The genus Limenitis is represented in Britain by one
species only, the group of butterflies to which this genus
belongs being more plentiful in the East. The imago
has but four perfect legs, the anterior pair being unfitted
for walking. As in the Vanessas, the larva is spinous,
and the pupa angled ; the wings, however, are not angled
but scalloped. The larva is suspended, head downwards,
by the anal extremity.

L. Sibylla, Linn. (White Admiral) (Figs. 126 to 129),
has little relationship to the Red Admiral, notwithstanding
the similarity of their common names. There is, however,
some kind of resemblance between the two insects ; both
have a very dark smoky-black ground-colour, crossed in
the case of the Red Admiral by a scarlet band, and in
the butterfly before us by a white one. The bands, how-
ever, do not correspond, for they are in opposite directions.
The under-surfaces of both, though bearing no resem-
blance to one another, are exceedingly beautiful, forming
in each case a mosaic of most delicate colouring.

122 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The White Admiral is, unfortunately, not at all
common. It is unknown in Scotland, and indeed in
England except in the southern part. It has been taken
in Lincolnshire, Suffolk, Essex, and Kent, on the east ;
in Sussex, Hampshire and the Isle of Wight, and
in Dorset, on the south ; and in the following inland
counties : Surrey, Buckingham, Northampton, Gloucester,
and Worcester ; but these should, perhaps, now .be
narrowed down to Hants and the. Isle of Wight,
Nprthants, Suffolk, and Essex. In those localities it may
be sought for in the rides and glades in oak-woods,
sailing along which its peculiarly graceful flight has
always been a subject of delight to the lover of Nature.
Like the Fritillaries, it is fond of settling on the bramble-
flowers, and may there be taken if the net is handled
with the requisite skill.

The eggs are laid in July, on the upper leaves of the
Honeysuckle (Lonicera Periclymenum). The larva comes
out in a fortnight, and, after feeding for a time, hiber-
nates till the spring. Newman has graphically described
how each little larva draws together, to make a winter
house, the edges of the leaf on which it has been
feeding, having first fastened the leaf to the stem to
prevent its falling to the ground in the autumn. In this
hammock, which hangs free when the leaf has broken
away from the stem, it passes securely through the
winter. It begins feeding again in April, and is full-fed
by the end of May or beginning of June. The pupa
may be found during June, and the imago comes out
at the end of it or beginning of July, and is on the
wing during the latter month in oak-woods in the
southern part of England, as mentioned above.

The larva (Fig. 126), which is i|in. or more in length,
is spinous, but not in the same way as are the larvae

LIMENITIS SIBYLLA.

I23

of the Fritillaries or the Vanessas, since the spines occur
only on the dorsal surface. There are no spines on* the
second segment, two long ones on the third, fourth, sixth,
eleventh, and twelfth, four short ones on the thirteenth,
and two short ones on all the rest except the head. The

LIMENITIS SIBYLLA.

spines are rufous, with light bases and pink tips, and
bear black hairs. The head is flat, pinkish, bristly, and
produced above into two ear-like processes. The ground-
colour of the larva is dark green dorsally, paler laterally,
and bright green on the ventral surface. The legs are

124 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

brownish, and the claspers pale green, with a pinkish
circle round them near the body. The back and sides
of the caterpillar are sprinkled over with yellow warts.
There is a lateral yellowish spot on each segment, and
a whitish line below the spiracles, which are white. The
divisions between the segments of the body are distinct.

When full-fed the larva suspends itself to a layer of
silk that it has already deposited on the midrib of a leaf.
After hanging for a day or two it changes into the very
singularly-shaped pupa shown in Fig. .127. It is very
angular indeed, the wing-cases project a great deal, and
the thorax bears in the centre a projecting keel. But
what most imparts the singular appearance to the larva,
is the large flat projection on the back behind the thorax.

The processes on the head of the larva are reproduced
in the pupa. The anterior part of the body is dark
brownish-green, adorned with metallic stripes and spots ;
the horns on the head are brown, and so is the posterior
part of the body, except the dorsal surface of the
abdomen, which is bright green.

The wings of the perfect insect (Fig. 129) are scalloped,
and the costal and hind margins of the fore-wings are
nearly straight. The upper surface is dark smoky-brown.
The fringe is white, except at the extremities of the
nervures. There is a band of about fifteen bluish-white
spots stretching across each pair of wings from the costal
margin of the fore-wings to the inner margin of the hind
ones. There are also four other white spots on the
fore-wings. The chief beauty of the insect, however, is
to be found on the under-surface (Fig. 128), where the
white spots are reproduced with a few additions to their
number ; but the ground-colour is a rich sienna-brown,
tinged here and there with a darker brown, and bearing
a number of black dots and bars. The base and inner

APATURA IRIS. 125

margin of the hind-wings are whitish-blue. The knobs
of the antennae are tipped with brown, and but slightly
thickened. The sexes are similar.

A variety sometimes occurs in which the arrangement
of the under-surface is very much altered, and in which
the upper surface is without the white spots.

Apatura, Fabr.

In the genus Apatura the larva seems to be inter-
mediate between the genus Limenitis and the Ringlet
group. It resembles the latter in having no spines, and
in tapering towards both extremities, especially towards
the anal one, which is slightly bifid. In shape it is
limaciform, or slug-like. It differs from the Ringlets, and
resembles the last genus, Limenitis^ in having on the head
two processes somewhat resembling ears. The pupa is
neither angled nor spine-bearing ; it is very much flattened
laterally, and is suspended by the tail. The imago some-
what resembles that of the last butterfly (Limenitis sibylla\
but it has one or two eye-spots, which remind us of the
Ringlet group. The wings are large and powerful, and
the flight is strong. There are but four legs adapted for
walking, the anterior pair being only slightly developed.
The genus is represented in Britain by one species only.

A. iris, Linn. (Purple Emperor) (Figs. 130 to 133), no
doubt derives his English name from the purple robe with
which he is adorned, but the " Empress," though similarly
marked, is without the purple sheen which gives the glory
to her mate. This monarch of the butterfly tribe adopts as
his throne the topmost branch of an oak, where he sits
aloft in the sunshine, occasionally sailing away almost out
of sight, doing battle with his peers, the monarchs of the
neighbouring oaks, and returning as a rule to the identical
spray from which he started. While the Emperor is there

126 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

enthroned, it is clear that the collector, however much he
may covet the prize, must be satisfied with the view alone.
To sweep him from his seat, a net with a handle 2 oft.
or more in length used to be recommended — a handle, of
course, that could be fitted together and taken to pieces
again like a fishing-rod or the handle of a chimney-sweep's
brush. But apart from the difficulty of carrying such a
weapon to the field of operations it must have been
extremely awkward to use, and few indeed, I fancy, would
be the Emperors captured by its aid. The collector obtains
specimens now by taking advantage of a well-known though
very un-butterfly-like taste this insect has acquired. Most
butterflies feed, if they feed at all, on the nectar of flowers,
and possibly this one does sometimes, for he has been
taken at sugar ; but the Emperor has often been easily
caught while intently regaling himself from a muddy pool,
from animal droppings, or from the dead and putrefying
bodies of stoats, rabbits, birds, and so on, that are usually
to be found in woods. Knowing this, and knowing also
that Emperors are to be found in the locality, the would-be
possessor may usually obtain them without much difficulty.
The Purple Emperor, however, is not to be found
everywhere. It should only be sought for in oak-
woods, and in those only in the midland, southern, and
eastern counties of England; that is to say, roughly
speaking, south of a line drawn from the Humber to
Devonshire. The following counties have been mentioned
as supplying specimens : in the east — Lincoln, Suffolk,
Cambridge, Essex, and Kent; in the south — Middlesex,
Surrey, Sussex, Berks, Hants and the Isle of Wight,
Wilts, Somerset, Dorset, and Devon ; in the midlands,
Bedford, Huntingdon, Buckingham, Oxford, Northampton,
Nottingham, Warwick, Leicester, Hereford, Gloucester,
and Monmouth.

APATURA IRIS

128 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The eggs are laid in July on the Sallow or Goat
Willow (Salix Caprea\ and possibly on the Poplar and
the Oak. They hatch in about a week-and-a-half, and
the larvae feed till the autumn, and then hibernate
when about -|in. long, fastened with silk in a fork of the
food- plant, where they much resemble a small twig.
When leaves reappear on the Sallow, they commence
feeding again, and are full-fed at the end of May or
the ^beginning of June ; the chrysalis may be found in
the latter month, and the imago in the next.

The handsome larva (Fig. 131) is, when full-grown,
about 2 in. in length. The tapering body and the horns
on the head give it a very slug-like appearance, and the
resemblance is heightened by the way the body contracts
when the animal is annoyed. The dorsal surface is
bright green ; the ventral surface, legs, and claspers
are bluish -green. The segments are subdivided into
sections, each of which bears a row of yellow points.
There is a yellowish stripe on each side in the region
of the spiracles, which are pink. On each side also are
seven oblique yellow stripes edged posteriorly with pink,
the third" pair almost meeting on the back. The two
horns are green, brownish at the tips, and bluish in front.
A whitish line passes down them behind, and extends
through several segments along the back.

The pupa (Fig. 130), which is suspended from the
midrib of a leaf of the food-plant, is without angles or
spines. It is whitish-green in colour, all the edges being
marked with even lighter lines. The wing-cases, too, are
veined with the lighter colour. There are two short
anterior horns, with dark tips, and the oblique lateral
lines of the larva are repeated in a whitish tint on the
pupa. It is liin. or more in length, about ^in. from
back to front, but only ab'out iin. through from side to side.

APATURA IRIS. 129

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Fig. 133) is convex, and the hind-margin concave and
scalloped ; the hind-wings are scalloped. The ground-
colour is smoky-brown above, and the fringe white.
There is a somewhat interrupted white band extending
from the centre of the fore-wings to near the inner
margin of the hind-wings, as well as about nine white
spots near the tip of the fore-wings. There is a' light
line near the outer margin of all the wings, and in this
region the ground-colour is darker. A reddish mark
will be seen near the tip of the hind-wings, and others
at the anal angle, near which is a black spot circled
with red and having a few blue scales in the centre.
The under-surface (Fig. 132) is much more beautiful than
the upper. The ground-colour is very much lighter.
The white markings resemble those on the upper sur-
face ; but there is a band of rich dark brown on each
side of the white stripe on the hind-wings, and three patches
of the same colour are to be seen on the costal margin
of the fore-wings. The hind-margin of the hind-wings
is pinkish-white, while the eye-spot of the upper surface
is repeated, but smaller, and with a brighter blue centre. •
There is besides a much larger eye-spot on the under-
surface of the fore-wings — black surrounded with orange,
the centre being blue as before. The body, legs, and
palpi are nearly white ; the tongue is pale green. The
male, in certain lights, has its wings suffused with a rich,
deep purple — hence the common name. In the female,
the purple glow, as stated above, is absent, but she is
often larger than her mate.

A. iris varies somewhat in the development of the
white markings, and specimens now and again occur in
which they are nearly or quite absent.

130 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Danais, Fabr.

D. erippus, Cr. (Black-veined Brown) (Figs. 134 and
135), though probably but a visitor from over the
Atlantic, is certainly a welcome one, for it is a grand
insect, reminding us both by its size and by its appear-
ance of those which we are wont to consider as
exotics. As a matter of fact, it has a wide geographical
range, extending from North Canada to the Amazon,
and is evidently of a very accommodating disposition,
for we find it naturalised in several parts of Australasia,
and in 1876 it made its appearance in England. In
that year three were taken in Sussex, one at Poole, and
one at Neath in South Wales; in 1881 a male was taken
near Maidstone on 2ist September; in 1885 one was
taken in Dorset, one at Plymouth, five in Cornwall, in
September, and one at Ventnor ; in 1886 five were taken
— one at Swanage in August, one at the Lizard, another
at Swanage in September, a male at Bournemouth, and
a specimen at Castle Martin, Pembrokeshire. Besides
these, one was taken in October, 1886, in Guernsey, and
one the same month in Gibraltar, while one had been
taken in September of that year at Oporto. In 1887
two were captured in September at Worthing, and one
at La Vendee in France.

In St. Louis, U.S.A., the eggs are laid in early May,
and the imago appears about mid-June, and again,
from a second brood, in October. The females from
the latter brood hibernate till spring. Food-plants in
America are various species of Asclepias ; perhaps in
England the larvae might feed upon the Periwinkle
{ Vinca major and V. minor] or the Oleander (Neriutri).

In colour, the handsome larva, whose appearance may
be gathered from Fig. 134, is black, white, and yellow.

DANAIS ERIPPUS.

The pupa is suspended, as in the Vanessas, and this
stage lasts but a short time.

Fig. 135 was obtained from a photograph of the male
imago. The ground-colour is rich orange-brown, the

135

DANAIS ERIPPUS.

nervures being black, which colour also forms a border
of considerable depth round the insect. The black
border contains numerous white spots. The under-
surface is very similar, but much lighter on the hind-

K 2

132 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

wings. The insect often expands as much as 4iin. The
female may be known by its broader nervures and by
the absence of a black tuberculous spot which is found
on the hind-wings of the male.

The Ringlets, or Browns.

These form a well-defined group of eleven butterflies,
all, with one exception — the Marbled White — being some
shade of brown marked with no other colours than
black, white, and ochreous-yellow. All are adorned with
a larger or smaller number of eye-spots near the hind-
margin of the wings. The spots are most conspicuous
on the under-surface ; indeed, in almost every case the
under-surface is much more highly ornamented than the
upper. The eye-spots, when fully developed, are very
beautiful, and may be seen in perfection on the under-
surface of a good specimen of the Ringlet (Epinephele
hyperanthes). They are jet-black, with a tiny pure white
centre, and surrounded with a pale yellow ring. All the
butterflies of this group are small or middle-sized, and,
being sober-tinted, cannot compare with some of our
larger butterflies, or even with the Blues and Coppers ;
but yet many have a quiet beauty of their own. The
black marbling on a creamy ground of the Marbled
White (Melanargia galated) is very pleasing, and so
are the rich warm browns of Epinephele tithonus, the
Large Heath. The female of the Grayling (Satyrus
semele), which often attains a considerable size, has a
very richly chequered under-surface ; while the eye-spots
of the Wall butterfly (Pararge megcera) — five concentric
circles round a white centre — are very delicately beautiful.
The downy appearance of the two dark butterflies, the
Northern Brown (Erebia cethiops) and the Mountain
Ringlet (E. epiphron)^ and of the pale Marsh Ringlet

MELANARGIA GALATEA. 133

(Cwnonympha typhori), give one the idea that they
require protection against the cold, which is perhaps the
case.

In the whole group there is a great similarity in shape
and often in colour of the larvae, which are without
spines and taper towards both extremities, but especially
towards the anal one, which is bifid. All feed on grasses
and pass the winter in the larval stage.

The pupae are stout, with broad heads, and practically
without spines or angles. Normally they are attached
by the tail to the food-plant; but frequently they are -not
suspended at all, and the wrinkled skin of the larva often
remains attached to the anal extremity of the pupa.

The imago usually has elongated knobs to the antennae,
and has only four perfect legs adapted for walking. All
are weak on the wing and easily caught. In several
species the male is distinguished from the female by the
presence on the former of a dark bar on the upper
surface of the fore-wings near their base. The eleven
species are distributed amongst six genera : Melan-
argia, Erebia, Pararge, Satyrus, Epinephele, and Cceno-
nympha. Erebia ligea (Arran Brown) used to be taken
in the Isle of Arran, but is not now usually considered
as British. Epinephele hero has also been claimed by
some as a native.

Melanargia, Meigen.

M. galatea, Linn. (Marbled White) (Figs. 136 to 139),
is the only British species of its genus. It is not a White,
although in colouring it somewhat resembles one, and its
common English name would seem to class it amongst
them. Its relationship may be known by its possessing
but four perfect legs and by the presence of eye-spots
on the wings, which, however, are not very conspicuous

134 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

on the upper surface. On the wing it closely resembles
a female Small or Green-veined White, but its flight is
weaker, although that of the White is not very strong.

The Marbled White is an extremely local butterfly, but
sometimes common over a very restricted area. It is
not a wood insect, and seems to prefer rough, broken
ground, like a chalk or limestone hill-side. It need not
be sought on such ground exclusively, for I found a
considerable number on one occasion, when the sun
was not shining, at rest on the grasses or rushes growing
in a swampy spot a few miles from Abingdon in Berk-
shire. Their position seemed to have been taken up
designedly with a view to concealment, for at a short
distance it was difficult to distinguish the butterflies from
the inflorescence of some of the rushes and grasses. An
instance this, probably, of protective resemblance.

Galatea occurs locally in all the English counties
except nine or ten north-midland and northern ones.
It is, however, found in Yorkshire. In July the eggs are
laid amongst the grass. They are hatched in about
three weeks ; but the young larvae hibernate early near
the roots of the grass, and begin feeding again about
the end of April. They are full-fed about the beginning
of June, in which month the chrysalis may be found.
The imago comes out in July.

The larva (Fig. 137) is about ijin. in length, the head
is large, the tail forked, and the body slightly dilated
along the sides. The segments are not clearly defined,
nor are the sections into which each segment is divided.
The ground-colour is dingy ochreous-yellow, sometimes
with a dull greenish tinge. There is a rather dark
dorsal stripe, and along the spiracular region a band
slightly darker than the ground-colour, bounded above
and below by a lighter line. The ventral surface, legs,

MELANARGIA GALATEA.

135

and claspers are dull ochreous-yellow, resembling the
ground-colour, and the mouth and spiracles are black.
The body is covered with minute brown dots and
numerous pale hairs.

The pupa (Fig. 136) is of the shape common to the
group to which it belongs— short and stout, without

136

MELANARGIA GALATEA.

angles or points. It is frequently unsuspended. The
colour is whitish-brown, the wing- and antennae-cases
being freckled with pale brown; the pupa is marked in
places with yellow.

The imago (Fig. 138) has the costal margin of the fore-
wings convex, and the hind-margin of all the wings slightly

136 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

scalloped. The ground-colour is creamy-white and the
markings are black, the black and white covering about
equal portions of the total area. The arrangement of the
two colours can be seen from the illustration. On the
under-surface (Fig. 139) the coloration closely resembles
that of the upper surface, but many of the black markings
are here represented by greyish ones or lines simply.
There is an eye-spot near the tip of the fore-wings, while
five are found along the hind-margin of the hind-wings,
the one nearest the anal angle having two eyes.

Galatea varies a little in the development of the black
markings, and mention has been made in The Zoologist
of a specimen pure creamy-white in colour without any
black markings whatever. Now and again the ground-
colour is pure white instead of cream, the markings being
normal.

Erebia, Bdv.

Erebia is a mountain-loving genus, and is in Britain
restricted to the northern part of the island. It contains
but two British species, E. epiphron and E. cethiops.
In general appearance the two butterflies bear a con-
siderable resemblance to one another, and will easily be
recognised as congeners. They have black bodies and
dark chocolate-brown wings, both body and wings being
very woolly in appearance. The genus is better repre-
sented in mountainous districts on the Continent ; the
species, however, are often local and on the wing for a
very short time.

E. epiphron, Knoch, E. cassiope, Fabr., possesses
two common names, the Mountain Ringlet and the
Small Ringlet ; but as Ccenonympha typhon is sometimes
called the Small Ringlet, the former name in this case
seems to be preferable. This is the only really Alpine

EREBIA EPIPHRON. 137

butterfly found in Britain, for the other species of the
genus frequents much lower ground. It should be
sought for in marshy hollows on the mountain-sides in
Scotland and the north of England, and in one locality
at least has been taken at a height of 3oooft. above
sea-level. Its flight, which only takes place when the
sun is shining, is slow and interrupted. Epiphron fre-
quently settles and falls to the ground among the grass,
where the dark colour of its wings makes it a difficult
object to find. If possible, specimens should be obtained
soon after leaving the chrysalis, for the wings are very
easily damaged.

In England epiphron is found in the Lake District;
that is, Westmoreland, the north of Lancashire, and the
south of Cumberland. There it has been taken in many
districts, of which the following have been mentioned :
Sprinkling and Styehead Tarns, Gable Hill, mountains
near Ambleside, Helvellyn, and Langdale Pikes. In
Scotland it has been taken at Rannoch in Perthshire, on
Ben Lomond and Ben Nevis, and at Loch Vennachar
near the Trossachs.

The larva appears to pass the winter in a state of
hibernation, like the rest of the Ringlet group. The
perfect insects are out from about the middle of June
till the beginning of August, the males being a little
earlier than the females. Where found, epiphron is
usually plentiful; but very local.

The larva, which feeds on grass, has been described
by Newman as pale green in colour, with numerous
darker green longitudinal lines shading into the ground-
colour, and with a well-defined white line along each
side in the region of the spiracles.

The pupa, which is of somewhat stumpy proportions,
is light green anteriorly, and dingy white posteriorly,

138 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

with a brown dorsal streak on the thorax. There are,
besides, a few other dark brown marks.

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Fig. 140) is convex, while the hind-margin of all the wings
is rounded. The colour of the upper surface is a deep
chocolate-brown, with a somewhat indistinct copper-
coloured band across all the wings parallel to the hind-
margin. This band is interrupted at the nervures, and
frequently assumes the form of circular coppery patches,
especially on the hind-wings. Each *of these patches
usually contains a small black spot. The colouring of

141

EREBIA EPIPHRON.

the under-surface (Fig. 141) very closely resembles that
of the upper ; but the coppery band is even less distinct,
especially on the hind-wings, where also the black spots
are extremely small. The sexes are similar. Epiphron
is variable in size and in the development of the
coppery patch and the black spots, which last may
have white centres.

E. aethiops, Esper; E. medea, Hiibner; E.
blandina, Fabr. (Northern Brown or Scotch Argus)
(Figs. 142 to 145), is a rather larger butterfly than
the last — its wings expanding from i^in. to 2in. — but
somewhat closely resembles it. Like the last, too, it is

EREBIA ^ETHIOPS.

139

generally a mountain-loving insect, though it does not
affect such elevations as its congener sometimes reaches,"
for it is seldom found more than Sooft. above sea-level.
It delights in the broken heathery or ferny spots on the
lower mountain-sides as well as in marshy spots in
similar localities.

145

EREBIA ^THIOPS.

Some few years since, cethiops was considered an ex-
tremely rare butterfly, and even now cannot by any
means be spoken of as common. The most that can
be said is that it is not uncommon in many parts of
Scotland, and that it is taken in several localities in the
five or six northern counties of England, and commonly
at a few spots, such as Castle Eden Dene, in Durham,
and Grange, in Lancashire.

140 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The eggs are laid at the end of the summer, and
hatch in about a fortnight. The young larvae feed on
several kinds of grass till, after the second moult, they
hibernate about October. They are full-fed at the end
of the following June, and the imago is on the wing
in July and August.

The larva (Fig. 144) is stout, thickest in the middle, and
tapering towards both extremities, the anal one being
slightly bifid. The segments, which are not very distinct,
are subdivided into five sections. The body is covered
with small warts, emitting tiny hairs. The ground-colour
is whitish-brown ; there is a dark medio-dorsal line,
bordered with a tint paler than the ground-colour. On
each side below this is a pale stripe, bordered below
with a darker margin. The spiracles are black, and the
legs and claspers resemble in colouring the rest of the
body.

The chrysalis (Fig. 145) has been described by Buckler
as about fin. in length, the wing-cases being long, the
body stout, especially in the middle, tapering to the tail,
and ending in a blunt, flat spike. The thorax is rounded,
and the head and eye-cases are prominent. At first the
anterior part of the body is pinkish-grey, and the posterior
dull yellow with dark dorsal stripe and other lines, and
spiracles also as in the larva ; but later the anterior part
changes to a dark brown,

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Fig. 142) are convex, as is also the hind-margin; the hind-
wings are very slightly scalloped. The fringe is rather
light. The ground-colour is a deep chocolate-brown
crossed on each wing by a band of a coppery colour.
This contains on the fore-wings four black spots, usually
white-centred, the third from the costal margin being less
constant than the others. On the hind-wings the nervures

PARARGE EGERIA. 141

divide the band into compartments, in which may be
found about four somewhat indistinct eye-spots. The
under-surface (Fig. 143) of the fore-wings resembles very
closely the upper surface. The hind-wings show four
bands of different shades of brown parallel to the
hind-margin. The second from the margin is lightest,
of a greyish colour, and contains about four tiny white
spots; the next band inwards is the darkest. A long
series of this butterfly should be obtained if possible,
for it is subject to considerable variation, especially in
the eye-spots. The female is lighter than the male,
especially on the under-surface and in the coppery band
on the upper surface.

/
Pararge, Hub.

The genus Pararge contains two species, egeria and
megcera, about equal in size and similar in markings,
though egeria is much darker than the other. They
have hairy eyes.

P. egeria, Linn. (Speckled Wood Butterfly, Wood
Lady, or Wood Argus) (Figs. 146 to 149), is a sober-
tinted butterfly of middle size. It is a wood -loving
insect, to be found in suitable districts throughout
England and the south of Scotland. It is, perhaps,
not so common as is generally supposed.

The eggs, which are laid singly late in the summer,
are hatched in less than a fortnight. When partly
grown the young larvae hibernate, and they are full-fed
about the end of March. The pupae may be found
early in April, and the imagines come out towards the
end of the month. There appears to be a summer
brood also, which produces the larvae that live through
the winter.

142

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The larva (Fig. 147) is about ijin. or rather more in
length. The head is large, and the body tapers towards
both extremities, the anal one being bifid. The divisions
between the segments are rather distinct, the segments
themselves being subdivided into sections. The surface
of the head and body is covered with tiny points and

146

149

PARARGE EGERIA.

short, stiff hairs. The colour of head, body, legs, and
claspers is green, inclining sometimes to a brownish tinge.
There is a dark medio-dorsal stripe with light yellowish-
white margins, and another resembling it on each side.
The spiracles are not conspicuous.

The pupa (Fig. 146), of the usual shape of the group
to which it belongs, is either dull green or brown in

PARARGE MEG^ERA. 143

colour, and marked with dark brown on the wings and
dorsal surface, the latter also bearing a few whitish dots.
The skin of the caterpillar usually remains attached to
the anal extremity of the pupa.

The imago (Fig. 148) has the costal margin of the
fore-wings convex, and the hind-margin nearly straight ;
the hind-wings are rather deeply scalloped. The
ground-colour of the upper surface is a dull smoky
brown, with pale yellow spots, about ten on the fore-
wings arranged as in Fig. 148, and six on the hind-wings
arranged as follows : one on the costal margin, one near
the centre of the wing, and four along the hind-margin.
There is a white-centred, black eye-spot near the tip of
the fore-wings, and four (one in each of the marginal
spots) occur on the hind-wings ; but the white centre is
usually not present in all four. The under-surface (Fig. 149)
somewhat resembles the upper, but is paler, and the
markings are less distinct, except the eye-spot on the fore-
wings, which is as distinct as that on the upper surface.

P. megaera, Linn. (Wall Butterfly, Speckled Wall
Butterfly, or Gatekeeper) (Figs. 150 to 154). Why this
species is called the Gatekeeper, it is hard to say.
That it is speckled is certainly true ; but probably many
a collector will have made its acquaintance a consider-
able time before seeing why the name Wall Butterfly has
been bestowed upon it. On one occasion I was parti-
cularly struck with the appropriateness of this title. On
the top of a hill near Cheltenham one or two Megaeras
were disporting themselves flitting from one side to the
other of an old wall, while I noticed no others round
about. On visiting the same spot a day or two after-
wards my friends were still haunting the same individual
bit of wall. This lively little butterfly should, however,
usually be sought for along sunny lanes and hedgerows,

144 THR BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

and it seems to have a special liking for bits of broken
limestone country. It is a fairly common butterfly
throughout England and Wales.

Megcera is double-brooded ; the eggs are laid on grass
for the first brood about the end of May. The larvae
resulting therefrom are full-fed about mid-July, in which
month the pupae are to be found, and the butterflies
in August. These butterflies lay eggs again, but the
larvae, after feeding for a time, hibernate, and re-
commence feeding in early spring ; the chrysalis may
be found in April, and the perfect insect is out in
May.

The caterpillar (Fig. 150), which is slightly stouter in
the middle, has the anal extremity bifid. The segments
are transversely divided into six sections on the dorsal
surface. The head and body are covered with tiny
warts, each emitting a short hair. The colour is bright
green, the head being of a slightly darker shade. There
is generally a medio-dorsal stripe a little darker than the
body-colour ; below this on each side is an indistinct
stripe, and below this again a pale stripe. The claspers
are green, the legs almost colourless, and the tips of
the anal points pink.

The pupa (Fig. 151), which is suspended by the anal
extremity, is stout. It is slightly angled, both dorsally
and laterally, and there is a double series of six points
on the dorsal surface. The ground-colour is bright
green, the angles and points being white, tinged with
yellow. The pupa is sometimes dark brown.

The imago (Figs. 152 and 154) has the costal margin
convex and the hind-margin of the fore-wings nearly
straight. The hind-wings are slightly scalloped. The
ground-colour of the upper surface is a rich orange-
brown, sometimes darker in the male. All the wings

PARARGE MEG^RA.

145

have a brown margin, and there are two-and-a-half zigzag
brown bands across the fore-wings. The base of the hind-

PARARGE MEG^RA.

wings is brown, and there is a brown band outside this
patch. In the light band between this and the brown

L

146 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

margin are four black eye-spots, some, or all, having a
white centre. Near the tip of the fore-wings there is also
a large, white-centred eye-spot, and often a second tiny
one occurs still nearer the tip. A brown band, present
in the male only, across the centre of the fore-wings,
parallel to the hind-margin, distinguishes the sexes.
Compare Figs, 152 and 154.

The under-surface (Fig. 153) of the fore-wings closely
resembles that of the upper surface of the female, except
that the eye -spot is surrounded by a narrow line. The
under-surface of the hind-wings constitutes the chief
beauty of the insect ; it forms a rich network of brown
on a yellowish-grey surface and there is a row of six
eye-spots parallel with the hind-margin, the spot nearest
the anal angle being double-centred. The black spots
with white centres are surrounded first by a yellow ring,
then by a brown one, then again by a yellow one, and
lastly by a second brown one, producing an effect which
must be seen to be appreciated.

Satyrus, Bdv.

The genus Satyrus contains but one British species,
S. semele, and this even has been placed by some in one
genus — Hipparchia — with the three butterflies that are now
usually grouped together in genus Epinephele. The tips
of the antennae of S. semele are more rounded than is the
case with most of the members of the Ringlet group.

S. semele, Linn. (Grayling, or Rock-eyed Underwing)
(Figs. 155 to 158), is a rather handsome member of the
somewhat sombre group of butterflies to which it belongs ;
but its chief beauty is to be found on the under-surface.
It is, moreover, the largest of the group, female specimens
sometimes measuring almost 3in. from tip to tip of the
fore-wings. The Grayling's flight, jerky with frequent rests,

SATYRUS SEMELE.

147

closely resembles that of the Meadow Brown; but when
actually flying it certainly does move somewhat faster than

SATYRUS SEMELE.

that insect. There is, however, little difficulty in catching
it, unless it should disappear from view when it rests, and

L 2

148 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

closes its wings on a spot of bare ground. This it is
continually doing, and the colour and markings of the
under-surface of the wings harmonise so well with the
ground, that the insect, when it settles, seems suddenly
to have vanished. When bare ground or rock is absent,
it sometimes rests upon the fir-tree trunks where these
abound. Here we have clearly yet another instance of
resemblance to some natural object acquired as a means
of protection.

Semele should be looked for on heaths, in rocky spots,
and in other ' similar uncultivated places, or on high
and poor pastures. It cannot be called a common
butterfly, though it appears to be distributed throughout
the British Isles, and is taken in most of the English
counties in suitable localities.

The eggs are laid about July. The young larvae
hibernate at the roots of the grass when quite small,
re-appear in late spring, and are full-fed about June, in
which month the chrysalis may be found. The imago
emerges at the end of June or in July, and continues
on the wing till the beginning of September.

The larva (Fig. 158) is about ijin. in length. It tapers
towards both extremities, but especially towards the anal
one, which is bifid. The body is practically smooth and
yellowish-drab in colour, speckled with very tiny dark
marks. There is an almost black medio-dorsal stripe,
followed by three other dark stripes on each side, the
second being widest and edged with black above and a pale
tint below ; the third, which is situated below the spiracles,
is very narrow. These stripes are continued on the head.

The pupa is very smooth, rounded, and swollen, and
of a bright reddish-browTn colour. The larva sometimes,
possibly always, changes to the pupa state below the
surface of the ground.

EPINEPHELE IANIRA. 149

The imago (Figs. 155 to 157) has the costal margin of
the fore-wings convex, and the hind-margin nearly straight.
The hind-wings are scalloped. The fringe of all the wings
is pale, and so is the costal margin of the female. The
ground-colour of the upper surface is a rather warm
brown, darker along the hind-margin of all the wings.
Within this margin is a lighter band, vague in the male,
and distinct though not of uniform shade and width in
the female. On the female, too, this light band is again
bordered within by a darker shade. As in many species
of this group, the male has a darker band (in this case
indistinct) across the fore-wings. Both sexes have two
black spots, sometimes white-centred, on the lighter part
of the fore-wings. On the under-surface (Fig. 156) the
fore-wings are of a yellowish tint, except the hind and
costal margins, which are brown ; the two eye-spots are
repeated, and there is a dark patch about half-way along
the costal margin. The hind-wings have a brindled
arrangement of black and brown, with a very irregular
light band across the entire wing, roughly parallel to the
hind-margin. This species is subject to little variation
except in size.

Epinephele, Hub.

The genus Epinephele contains three species : E. ianira,
E. tithonus, and E. hyperanthes, all, the first especially,
being common, but sombre, summer butterflies, with a
weak, uncertain flight.

E. ianira, Linn. (Meadow Brown) (Figs. 159 to 163),
is the particularly common brown butterfly that in the
summer months confronts us at every turn, and, I fear,
too often meets with the contempt due to familiarity, which
is the fate of most common things ; and certainly its quaker
garb of simple though harmonious browns does not tend to

150 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

revive an interest which its plentifulness has destroyed. The
collector will nevertheless need to take a large number
of specimens, and that for two reasons. In the first place
the wings are very fragile, and a small amount of wear
usually makes them ragged and the insect unfit for the
cabinet. Again/ the male differs considerably from the
female, and both are subject to a good deal of variation,
especially in the depth of the ground-colour.

The Meadow Brown has a very weak, fluttering style
of flight, so that it would be the easiest thing in the
world to catch it were it not for its habit of settling
every few moments. In this it is wise, for no sooner
are its wings closed than it seems to disappear, so closely
does the under-surface of the wings resemble in colour
the bare ground or the ripening grass of the summer fields.

The eggs are laid on grass in July or a short time
before or after, and hatch in a little under a fortnight.
It is not long, however, before the young larvae retire
to the roots of the grass to hibernate. They re-appear
in May, and are full-fed at the beginning of June, early
in which month the chrysalides may be found. The
perfect insects begin to appear in the second half of
June, and are on the wing till August.

The larva (Fig. 160), which is about ijin. in length,
has a large head, and a forked tail tinged with pink.
There is a slight lateral skin-fold, with an edge lighter
than the ground-colour, which is bright green, somewhat
lighter on the dorsal surface and darker on the ventral.
There is a medio-dorsal dark stripe, as well as slight
traces of subdorsal ones. The segments are not clearly
marked, nor are the sections into which they are divided.
The body is covered with short white hairs.

The pupa (Fig. 159) is stout and but little angled; the
anterior extremity is slightly two-eared. The ground-

EPINEPHELE IANIRA.

colour is pale yellowish-green, touched in places with
whitish-yellow. The markings, which vary in intensity,

161 Male.

ft;

163 Female.

EPINEPHELE IANIRA.

are brown, and consist of two dorsal and one or two
lateral lines of spots, sometimes united, three longitudinal

152 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

streaks on the wing-cases, and a few dots on the cases
of the antennae and tongue. The skin sometimes, perhaps
always, remains attached to the anal extremity of the
pupa, which is not always suspended.

The costal margin of the imago (Figs. 161 to 163) is
convex, the hind-margin of the fore-wings is nearly straight,
and the hind-wings are scalloped. The ground-colour is a
dark, smoky brown, sometimes extremely dark in the male
(Fig. 161), and often varying in the opposite direction in
the female (Fig. 163). In the former sex the fore-wings have
on their upper surface, near the centre, an orange tinge,
which in the female becomes a bright patch, often covering
half the wing. The male usually has further an ill-defined
dark bar stretching from the base of the fore-wings half-
way to their tip. Both sexes bear near the tip of the fore-
wings a white-centred black eye-spot, sometimes inclined
to be double, within a pale ring in the male and the
orange patch in the female. The colouring of the
upper surface of the hind-wings is nearly uniform, but
there is usually a broad somewhat lighter band, clearer
in the female, parallel to the hind-margin. The markings
of the under-surface (Fig. 162) are extremely similar to
those of the upper surface but much lighter, and the
paler band on the hind-wings is more conspicuous, and
often contains two or three black spots, representing the
eye-spots on most of the butterflies of this group. Besides
the variations mentioned, specimens sometimes occur with
patches almost white in colour on one or more of the
wings ; and the distinctions between the male and the
female are sometimes almost or quite obliterated. It
will thus be clear, as was mentioned above, that a long
series will be required for the cabinet, and though each
individual may be of little worth in itself, yet a good
series may be very valuable indeed.

EPINEPHELE TITHONUS.

153

E. tithonus, Linn. (Large Heath, Gatekeeper, or Small
Meadow Brown) (Figs. 164 to 167). — The first English
title is usually employed, for P. megara is sometimes called

Male.

164

166

EPINEPHELE TITHONUS.

the Gatekeeper, and the term Small Meadow Brown is too
likely to cause confusion between this butterfly and its
congener ianira. E. tithonus falls an easy prey to the

154 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

collector's net, for its flight is particularly weak. It should,
however, be noticed that it has a special liking for bramble-
blossoms, and a careless stroke at a butterfly on such a
perch usually results in an unsightly rent in the net.
Though the insect before us is not so fragile as E.
ianira or E. hyperanthes, a large number of specimens
will need to be taken, for like them it varies considerably
in size, depth of colouring, and in the number and
development of the eye-spots. Though not by any means
so universally plentiful as ianira it is a fairly common
butterfly in most parts of England, and is found in the
south of Scotland. It should be sought for on heaths,
by the sides of brambly hedgerows, and in dry fields.

The eggs are laid on grass in July, and the young
larvae appear in August. After feeding for a time they
retire, while still quite small, to the roots of the food-
plant to hibernate. In May they recommence feeding.
They pupate at the end of June, and the perfect insects
may be found in July, August, and even September.

The larva (Fig. 164) is slightly spindle-shaped and has
two points at the anal extremity. Both head and body are
beset with rough points, each of which emits a short, stiff
hair. The segments may be clearly distinguished, and
each is transversely divided into sections. The colour is
either some tint of green usually dull, or pale brown, the
head being tinged with pink. There is a dark medio-dorsal
stripe, as well as on each side two pale ones bordered
above with a darker tint.

The stout pupa, less than iin. in length, is pale drab in
colour, considerably marked with brown.

The imago (Figs. 165 to 1-67) has the costal margin of
the fore-wings convex, the hind-margin of the fore-wings
nearly straight, and the hind-margin of the hind-wings
scalloped. The ground-colour of the upper surface is a

EPINEPHELE HYPERANTHES. 155

rich sienna-brown, usually darker in the male. The wings
are broadly bordered with brown, of which there is also
a patch at the base of the hind-wings. In the male a
band of the same colour stretches nearly across the fore-
wings almost parallel to the hind-margin. Near the tip
of the fore-wings is a black eye-spot with two white
eyes, and sometimes between this spot and the inner
margin may be seen one or two black spots, evidently
an indication of the more numerous eye-spots in some
other butterflies of this group. There is usually a small
white-centred eye-spot near the anal angle of the hind-
wings, and occasionally one or two black spots as
on the fore-wings. Specimens taken with these extra
spots should of course be preserved. On the under-
surface (Fig. 166) the colouring of the fore-wings closely
resembles that of the upper surface. On the hind-wings,
the base and the centre of the hind-margin are brown ;
the rest of the wing is greyish-brown, containing about
five rather indistinct brown eye-spots with white eyes.

E. hyperanthes, Linn. (Ringlet, or Wood Ringlet)
(Figs. 168 to 171), is a dark butterfly, about equal in size
to ianira, and often seen flying with it. It is not,
however, found everywhere, like ianira, though it is
common, and widely distributed. It may be obtained in
the southern part of Scotland and in Ireland, as well as
locally throughout England. E. hyperanthes haunts woods
and shady hedge-rows. It may be easily caught, for its
flight is very weak, but specimens for the cabinet should
be taken as soon as possible after they have left the
chrysalis, for scarcely any butterfly so quickly loses its
freshness as the one before us. Owing to the great varia-
tion in the eye-spots, a rather long series will be required.

The eggs are laid singly in July and August on
various species of grass. The young larva grows but

156 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

little before hibernating. It recommences feeding in
early spring, and is full-fed at the beginning of June.
The chrysalis may be found during the same month, and
the imago is out during July and August.

The larva (Fig. 168), which is of the form common to
this group of butterflies, is very pale brown in colour.
There is a medio-dorsal darker brown stripe, and the rest
of the dorsal surface is marked irregularly with the same
colour. The head, which is rough and hairy, bears three
faint brown stripes on each side. The skin-fold above
the legs and claspers is nearly white and edged with
hairs ; the spiracles are black. The segments are distinctly
divided into sections.

The pupa (Fig. 169), which is suspended by the anal
extremity, has much the same ground-colour as the larva
— pale brown. The cases of the wings and antennae are
nicely marked with darker brown, and the dorsal surface
is ornamented with spots, both large and small, of the
same colour.

The imago (Figs. 170 and 171) has the costal margin
convex, and the hind-margin of the fore-wings slightly so ;
the hind-wings are scalloped, but not so distinctly as in
ianira. The ground-colour of the upper surface is an ex-
tremely uniform dark blackish-brown ; that of the under-
surface is brown also, but of a lighter and warmer tinge ;
the fringe is white. The only adornment is a series of
beautiful eye-spots, parallel to the hind-margin of the wings,
and most conspicuous on the under-surface (Fig. 171).
They are black, with white centres, and surrounded with a
very pale yellow ring. The usual number is two on the fore-
wings, and five on the hind ones ; but some or all may
be indistinct or absent. A third may often be found
below the other two on the fore-wings, and the second
one, reckoning from the costal margin on the hind-wings,

CCENONYMPHA.

157

may have a small one attached to it below. On the upper
surface the eye-spots are generally inconspicuous (often
invisible, especially in the male), the yellow bordering
being usually faint, and the white centre absent from
most of the spots.

169

Female.
EPINEPHELE HYPERANTHES

Ccenonympha, Hub.; Chortobius, Guenee.

Ccenonympha, the last genus of the Ringlet group, is
represented in Britain by two species, C. typhon and
C. pamphilus, which are probably the least conspicuous
for beauty among the small company of our butterflies,
though the former sometimes rises from this mediocrity
when it chances to appear with well-developed eye-spots

158 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

on the under-surface of the wings. This species is,
indeed, subject to great variation, while the other,
pamphilus, is particularly constant.

C. typhon, Rott. / C. davus, Fabr. (Figs. 172 to 175),
in common parlance usually goes by the name of the
Marsh Ringlet ; it is, however, sometimes called the Small
Ringlet, but as this name has also been by some
bestowed on E. epiphron, it would probably be well if it
were dropped for both, especially as C. pamphilus
deserves the name better than either.

C. typhon is a northern butterfly, frequenting "mosses"
or swampy spots on moors and heaths. In Scotland it
is often found at considerable elevations, one authority
mentioning its occurrence at a height of more than
2oooft. above the sea. It is well-known in Ireland, but
seems to be absent from the Isle of Man. It is found
in North Wales and in suitable spots in the northern
half of England (its southern limit being Burton-on-
Trent), while it appears to be rather common in
Scotland.

The eggs are laid singly about the end of June, on
the White Beak-rush (Rhynchospora alba), and maybe on
one of the Cotton-grasses (Eriophorum\ which has
also been mentioned as a food-plant of the larva. The
caterpillars come out in about a fortnight and, after
feeding for a month or so, hibernate till the next spring.
They are full-fed at the end of May, and in the next
month the chrysalis may be found. The imago is on
the wing from early in June till .the end of July, and
sometimes in August and September.

The larva (Fig. 173) has been described as having a
wide head covered with tiny warts, and the body tapering
somewhat to the bifid tail. The surface is nearly smooth,
and the colour brightish green, the body being striped

CCENONYMPHA TYPHON.

159

but not the head. There is a medio-dorsal bluish-green
stripe, bordered on each side by a narrow yellow one.
There are also two lateral yellow stripes, one above and
the other below the spiracles. The stripe above the
spiracles is bordered on each side with dark green. The
legs and claspers, as well as the ventral surface, are dark
green.

172

CCENONYMPHA TYPHON.

According to Newman, the chrysalis (Fig. 172), which
is suspended from the edge of a leaf of the food-plant,
is just slightly angled and keeled. The colour is princi-
pally bright green, speckled with a whitish-green. The
wing-cases are brownish, with a couple of longitudinal
darker marks.

All the wings of the imago (Figs. 174 and 175) are
rounded, and the costal margin of the fore-wings is slightly

l6o THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

convex. The fringe is white. The ground-colour is pale
drab-brown, somewhat brighter than elsewhere in the
central part of the fore-wings, On the under-surface (Fig.
175) the wings are still lighter, the hind-wings and the
margins of the fore-wings being ash-coloured. On this
surface, too, there is a whitish line backed with a darker
tint across the fore-wings, and on the hind-wings an
irregular one of the same colour starting from the costal
margin and stretching half-way or more across the wing.
The females are usually lighter than the males, and have
a pale mark across the middle of the fore-wings on the
upper surface. So far, individuals are pretty constant in
their colouring and markings, but we have 'still to
describe the eye-spots, and in these perhaps no member
of the Ringlet group is more variable. They may be
practically absent from the upper surface, and nearly or
quite so from the lower ; or they may be very fully
developed on the under-surface. and as many as four in
number on the fore-wings and seven on the hind ones,
though the numbers are generally two and six. When
the eye-spots show at all on the upper surface they are,
as a rule, two on the fore-wings and four on the hind
ones. The spots are as usual black, with white centres,
and surrounded by a pale ring. The variety with the well-
developed eye-spots, whose home seems to be in the
north of England, is sometimes called philoxenus, Esper,
or rothliebi, Staudinger.

C. pamphilus, Linn. (Figs. 176 to 179), is usually, in
non-scientific language, called the Small Heath, though it
has another name, not, however, a good one — Least
Meadow Brown. [t is a small butterfly, particularly
common and very constant in its colour and markings.
It no doubt prefers heaths, downs, commons, and similar
situations, but is by no means limited to them ; indeed, it

CCENONYMPHA PAMPHILUS. l6l

would be hardly possible to have a day with the net and
not meet with a Small Heath. But though our little
friend is common, and particularly sober-tinted, it has
one very great merit, it appears early in the spring, and
lingers, with the Small Copper for a companion, till quite
late in the autumn, when the majority of the butterfly
tribe are either dead or laid-up for their winter sleep.

No localities need be given for so ubiquitous a butter-
fly as the Small Heath ; it is found throughout the

176

^y^siranr

177

>^^

179

CCENONYMPHA PAMPHILUS.

British Isles, the Scotch specimens being finer than those
produced farther south. Its flight is extremely weak,
and the veriest novice with the net could scarcely find
much difficulty in procuring specimens ; but it has the
habit, common to many of the Ringlet tribe, of suddenly
stopping in its flight, when, on closing its wings, it often
seems to disappear as if by magic, in which case its
pursuer would scarcely stay to search for it, but would
look out for the next comer.

M

l62 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The eggs are laid on several species of grass in May
and June. The larvae hatch out in about a fortnight
and are full-fed in a month — that is to say, usually
towards the end of July. The imago would thus appear
in August. The earlier brood must no doubt have
passed the winter in the larval state.

The larva (Fig. 176) decreases in girth towards the anal
extremity, which is bifid. On the back, each segment
is divided into transverse sections, which are sprinkled
with tiny points. The body is bright green, with a pale-
bordered, medio-dorsal, darker green stripe. On each side
is a pair of dark green stripes, bordered below with
yellowish-green, the lower stripe containing the light
brown spiracles. The head is dull green, the anal points
are pink, and the legs are tinged with the same colour,
while the claspers resemble in tint the ventral surface.

The chrysalis (Fig. 177), which is suspended by the
anal extremity, is bright green, sprinkled with white dots,
and the wing-cases bear a dark brown stripe edged with
white.

The imago (Figs. 178 and 179) has all the wings rounded
and edged with a pale fringe ; the costal margin of the fore-
wings is convex. The ground-colour of the upper surface
(Fig. 178) is a pale drab-brown, similar to that of the last
butterfly, its congener ; but the wings in the butterfly before
us have darker brown margins. Near the tip of the fore-
wings is a black spot, often indistinct, within a ring slightly
paler than the ground-colour. The under-surface (Fig. 179)
of the fore-wings closely resembles the upper ; but the black
spot has a white centre, and is situated in a bright yellow
ring, while a dark line stretches from the costal margin a
good way across the wing nearer the base. The hind-
wings are ashen-grey, dark near the base, and paler near
the hind-margin. Between these two colours is an

CCENONYMPHA PAMPHILUS.

i63

irregular white mark, stretching from the costal margin
half-way across the wing. Outside this is a row of about
four tiny white spots, each within an inconspicuous brown
patch.

The Small Heath is not subject to much variation, and
the male does not materially differ from the female.

M 2

CHAPTER IV.

LYC/EN I

Thecla, Fabr. (The Hairstreaks).

DISTINCT group of five small or middle-
sized butterflies comprises the genus Thecla
— T. betulce, T. W- album, T. pruni, T.
quercus, and T. rubi. In shape, the perfect
insects bear a considerable resemblance to
one another. All the species have, near the anal angle
of the hind-wings, a more or less developed tail,
though not pronounced in the case of T. rubi, and all
except the same butterfly are marked on the under-surface
with whitish streaks, whence the genus obtains its English
name. Both sexes of the imago possess six perfect legs
adapted for walking. The larvae are all onisciform (or
woodlouse-shaped) ; the head can be entirely withdrawn
into the second segment, and the body is so much spread
out at the sides that the legs and claspers are quite con-
cealed. The stout, rounded pupa is, normally, attached
by the tail, and girt. The food-plant is some bush or
forest tree, to whose twigs the eggs are attached in the
autumn, there to remain intact till the following spring,

THECLA BETUL^:. 165

except in the case of rubi which passes the winter at
the pupal stage.

T. betulae, Linn. (Brown Hairstreak, or Thecla of the
Birch) (Figs. -i 80 to 184), is the largest of the genus,
sometimes expanding more than ijin. from tip to tip of
the fore-wings. Although the specific name is derived

THECLA

from the Birch (Betula alba), the Sloe (Prunus spinosa)
is as often as not selected as the food-plant, and on
that the caterpillar may be fed in captivity. While
the Brown Hairstreak has a liking for oak-woods, it also
frequently leaves them, giving the collector a sight of its
charms as it flits along some country hedgerow, enticing
him forward in pursuit. Though there are many localities

1 66 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

in suitable situations up and down England where this
butterfly may be taken, yet it is well worth capturing,
for it can seldom be described as common. It is
present in Ireland, but does not appear to be found
in Scotland.

The eggs are laid in the autumn — in September or
even October — and are firmly attached to the twigs of
the food-plant. They remain unbroken till the spring,
when the young larvae appear, and feed in May and
June, at the end of which month or beginning of the
next the pupae may be found. The imago is on the wing
from July till September, sometimes continuing even
into October.

The larva (Fig. 180) is woodlouse-shaped, the dorsal
surface being arched and sloping abruptly towards the
head, but gradually towards the anal extremity. The
sides are very much dilated towards the ventral surface,
and the brown head is retractile within the second seg-
ment. The segments are deeply and clearly separated
from one another. The dilatation and dorsal ridge bear
pale, stiff hairs. The ground-colour is bright green,
marked with two whitish-yellow lines on each side and
two oblique lines of the same colour on both sides of
each segment. One pair of lines is dorsal, and the other
pair runs along the dilatation below the yellowish-white
spiracles. The ventral surface, legs, and claspers are
greenish. The caterpillar, from which this description
was made, a day or so before turning became pale ashen-
purple in ground-colour while the markings became quite
white.

The pupa (Fig. 181), which sometimes at least is un-
suspended and has the last skin attached to the anal
extremity, is short, unangled, and dark brown in colour.
The wing-cases and anterior extremity are freckled with

THECLA W-ALBUM. 167

paler brown, and the spiracles are of the same tint,
which also appears at the divisions between the abdo-
minal segments.

The imago (Figs. 182 to 184) has the costal margin
nearly straight, the hind-margin of the fore-wings simple
and not far from straight, while that of the hind-wings is
scalloped ; the fringe is white. The hind-wings bear a
square projection at the anal angle, and a slightly-curved
tail at the extremity of the next nervure. The ground-
colour of the upper surface is a deep sepia-brown, with
a short black streak, which also shows on the under-
surface, across the discoidal cell of the fore-wings. Outside
this is a small patch paler than the ground-colour, which
in the female (Fig. 183) becomes a broad, curved orange
bar, stretching nearly across the fore-wings, and in the
same sex some traces of it are also to be found on the
hind-wings. The tail and projection are reddish-brown
(more distinct in the female), edged with black inside
the white fringe. The under-surface (Fig. 184) has a
ground-colour of rich greyish orange-brown, not however
of uniform tint. On the fore-wings is a darker brown
bar parallel to the hind-margin, decreasing in width as
it recedes from the costal margin. It has a dark outer
edge succeeded by a white line ; this bordering is also
repeated less distinctly on the inner edge of the streak.
On the hind-wings is a broader irregular band similar
in direction and colouring to that on the fore-wings.
Within the fringe on the hind-wings is a blackish line,
and within this again a red band with three black
spots, two being on the anal projection. The legs and
ventral surface of the body are white.

T. W-album, Knoch (White-letter Hairstreak, some-
times called Black Hairstreak) (Figs. 185 to 187) is not
one of our common butterflies, though it is less scarce

1 68 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

than formerly, and has in places occurred profusely —
notably, near Ripley, in 1827. Like many another butter-
fly, it has a liking for bramble-blossoms, and may there
be sought, though it often soars aloft over the elm-trees
on which, maybe, its youth was passed.

Though possibly not a Scotch or Irish butterfly, it is
fairly well distributed in England, having been taken in
the following counties at least : York, Derby, Nottingham,
Stafford, Shropshire, . Lincoln, Warwick, Northampton,
Suffolk, Cambridge, Hereford, Huntingdon, Buckingham,
Gloucester, Worcester, Dorset, Somerset, Berks, Hamp-
shire, Surrey, Sussex, Oxon., Middlesex, Kent, Wilts.,
Essex, and Glamorgan.

The eggs are laid in late summer or autumn on the
bark of one of our two native elm-trees, the Wych Elm
(Ulmus montana) and the Common Elm (U. campestris).
They hatch in the spring, and the caterpillars may
be beaten from the above trees in May and June. The
imago appears in June, and is on the wing till August.

The larva (Fig. 185) is shaped like the rest of its
genus, the black, shining head being retractile within
the second segment. Fine hairs are to be found over
the whole of the body, which is bright green in colour,
the ridges on the back being yellowish. Each segment
bears on each side two pale yellowish oblique lines.
The divisions between the segments are distinct.

Such in substance is Newman's description in " British
Butterflies," but in The Entomologist for 1873, the
same authority describes the larva as, dingy-brown
dorsally, approaching to red-brown on the sides, and to
green in the interspaces of the segments. The ventral
area is also greenish. On each side of each segment
are two oblique and very ill-defined stripes of a paler
shade. Legs and claspers are pale dingy-green. Buckler

THECLA W-ALBUM.

169

gives two figures, practically agreeing in detail with the
two descriptions respectively.

In the same article in The Entomologist the pupa
is described as obese and moth-like without angles ;
the head rounded and the anal segment incurved and
invisible from above. The thorax and abdomen are
hairy. The colour of the dorsal or hairy area is reddish-

THECLA W-ALBUM.

brown, with a rather broad, medio-dorsal stripe com-
mencing behind the thorax and extending to the anal
segment. On each side of the dorsal surface of each
segment is an oblique whitish mark. The colour of
the ventral or smooth portion of the pupa is olive-green
at first, but gradually becomes darker and almost black.
The costal margin of the imago (Figs. 186 and 187) is
nearly straight, the hind-margin is rounded, being very
slightly convex. The hind-wings are somewhat scalloped,

1 70 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the anal angle bearing a roundish projection, the nervure
next to it a long black tail, and the next one again a
short one ; the fringe is pale. The ground-colour of
the upper surface is a deep sepia-brown, and the pro-
jection at the anal angle bears a small orange-red spot.
It should be noticed that pruni has a series of orange
semilunar spots on the hind-wings, otherwise there is a
considerable resemblance between the upper surfaces of
the two butterflies. The ground-colour of the under-
surface (Fig. 187) of W-album is pale brown with a white
irregular streak across all the wings, that on the hind-
wings taking the form of a W. whence the specific name.
Outside this streak on the hind-wings is a bright red
band of arches bordered inwards with black, and then
with a slender white line. Outside the orange band is
a series of black spots and one blue one ; next follows a
slender white line, and then a black one just inside the
fringe.

T. pruni, Linn. (Dark Hairstreak or Thecla of the Sloe,
sometimes called the Black Hairstreak) (Figs. 188 to 190),
is by no means a common butterfly, and was, when first
discovered in England, early in the present century,
confused with T. W-album, which it somewhat closely
resembles, and for which, therefore, it is still liable to
be mistaken.

T. pruni is found neither in Ireland nor in Scotland,
and in but few counties in England and Wales, these
being Berks, Bucks, Hants, Derby, Huntingdon, Mon-
mouth, Northampton, and Suffolk. In some localities in
these, however, it is occasionally plentiful.

The eggs are laid in the autumn on twigs of the
Sloe (Prunus spinosa); they hatch in the spring, the larva
being found in May and June, the pupa in the latter
month, while the imago appears in June and July.

THECLA PRUNI. 17 1

The larva (Fig. 188) is of the shape common to the
genus, the head, which is brown on the crown and
black at the mouth, is retractile within the second
segment. There is a shallow, longitudinal fissure down
the back, and the segments are distinctly marked. The
two ridges on the back, the collar round the second
segment, and the dilatations below the spiracles, are
fringed with hairs. The colour is pale green. There

189

THECLA PRUNI.

are oblique yellow lines on the segments, and the
spiracular region bears a yellow stripe.

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Figs. 189 and 190) is nearly straight and the hind-
margin rounded. The hind-margin of the hind-wings is
slightly scalloped, the last nervure but one being con-
tinued into a rather long tail. The border of the wings
is black and the fringe whitish. The upper surface
(Fig. 189) is dark brown, with two or three semilunar

172 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

orange-red spots near the anal angle of the hind-wings
and a tiny blue one at the very corner. The under-
surface (Fig. 190) is a light and brighter brown. Within
the black border is a fine, light line on the hind-wings,
and within this on the same wings is a row of semi-
circular black spots, largest near the anal angle, where
they are adorned with blue* Within these again is a
band of orange-red extending to the fore-wings, where it
decreases in width, and disappearing before reaching the
tip. This band is followed by a row of black spots,
edged towards the base of the wings with bluish-white ;
these spots also gradually disappear on the fore-wings.
Within these again is an interrupted white line, extending
across all the wings roughly parallel to the hind-margin.

T. quercus, Linn. (Purple Hairstreak, or Thecla of
the Oak) (Figs. 191 to 193), is the commonest species
of the genus. It is found throughout England, especially
in the south, and is well known in Ireland, as well as in
Scotland. Besides being the commonest of the genus, it
is undoubtedly the most beautiful ; the purple sheen,
when its wings are viewed in the proper light, reminding
one of the Purple Emperor. The Purple Hairstreak, too,
delights to frolic with its mates around the oaks (and
sometimes limes and ashes) in its woodland haunts. It
usually keeps well out of the way of the net among the
higher branches of the trees, but occasionally descends
within reach of its expectant foe.

In July the eggs are laid on the Oak (Quercus Robur] ;
they hatch in the following spring, and the larvae are
full-fed in June, at the end of which month the chrysalides
may be found. The imago comes out in July and con-
tinues into August.

The larva (Fig. 191), which is of the usual onisciform
shape, has a retractile head and distinct divisions between

THECLA QUERCUS.

173

the segments. The back is grooved, the sides are
dilated, and the whole body is covered with tiny hairs.
The colour is brown, the dorsal surface being lighter
and having a central dark line edged with yellow. The
seven central segments have a light streak with dark
edging below. The dilatation below the dark brown
spiracles is yellowish.

191

THECLA QUERCUS.

The stout, rounded, reddish-brown pupa is normally
suspended from an oak-leaf by the anal extremity, and
girt ; but it is sometimes found beneath the surface of
the ground. The dorsal surface is darker than the rest,
and freckled with still darker brown, and the dark marks
on the sides of the larva are reproduced in the pupa,
which is covered with very tiny hairs.

The perfect insect (Figs. 192 and 193) has the costal

174 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

and hind margins of the fore-wings nearly straight and
the hind-wings slightly scalloped. These latter bear at the
anal angle a blunt protuberance, and at the end of the
nervure next to it a short tail. The fringe is white \
the upper surface (Fig. 192) is deep sepia-brown, with a
slight purple blush suffusing the whole of the male. In
the female the purple is confined to one part only of the
fore-wings, near the base and inner margin, but there it is
very deep and rich. The under-surface (Fig. 193) is ashen
grey. Stretching nearly across the fore-wings is a straight
white line backed with brown, and there is an irregular
one of the same nature across the hind-wings. Outside
this, on the fore-wings, is an interrupted brown streak,
with a light edge externally, and fading towards the
costal margin. On the hind-wings this streak is paler
and has a lighter margin on each side. Near the anal
angle are two orange spots, one being black-centred.
There is a very fine dark line inside the fringe, and an
equally fine white one inside that.

T. rubi, Linn. (Green Hairstreak, or the Thecla of
the Bramble) (Figs. 194 to 196), is the smallest species of
the genus, and since it possesses no streak (but a series
of dots) on the under-surface, and has a very slightly-
developed tail, might easily on first thought be left out
of the present genus. It is fairly well distributed through-
out England, and is not uncommon in Scotland.

The caterpillar feeds on the buds and leaves of the
Bramble (Rubus fruticosus), on the Broom (Cytisus
scoparius}) and on Dyer's Weed (Genista tinctorid).
T. rubi is on the wing in May and June, the larva is
found in June and July, and the winter is passed in the
pupal stage.

Like the rest of the genus the larva (Fig. 194) is wood-
louse-shaped and has a small retractile head. The body

THECLA RUBI. 175

is green, and has a dorsal dark green stripe with paler
centre, and a yellow lateral stripe. The yellow streaks
on the dorsal protuberances are edged with dark green
below. The short hairs give a soft appearance to the larva.

The pupal stage is assumed just below the surface of
the ground, the stout dark brown chrysalis being covered,
except on the wing-cases, with short dark hairs.

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago (Figs.
195 and 196) is nearly straight, as also is the hind-margin.
The hind-wings are scalloped, and bear at the anal angle
a blunt projection. The tail is only slightly developed ;

**

195

THECLA RUBI.

the fringe is pale. The colour of the upper surface is
a rich, dark brown, with a small red spot on the anal
projection. The dark nervures show up rather clearly.
On the under-surface (Fig. 196) the ground-colour is a
rich emerald-green, with the inner edge of the fringe
of all the wings and the costal margin of the fore-wings
brownish. There is also a rather broad brown band
along the inner margin of the fore-wings. A line of
white dots crosses all the wings ; but they may be nearly
absent, especially from the fore-wings. There is a dark
spot on the anal projection.

176 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

v

Polyommatus, Bdv. (The Coppers).

Members of the genus Polyommatus may easily be
distinguished by the refulgent metallic coppery tint of the
upper surface of their wings. A tendency, rather con-
spicuous in P. phla>as, to develop a tail on the hind-wings
shows the close relationship of this genus to the Hair-
streaks, Thecla. Since it seems now hopeless to expect
the Large Copper (P. dispar) to turn up again, the
above-named P. phlceas is the sole representative left to
us of this beautiful genus. P. virgaurecz, Linn. (Golden
Copper), though not a native, is an occasional visitor
amongst us, as also may be P. rutilus, Wer. (Continental
Large Copper), the nearest ally to our extinct Large
Copper (P. dispar).

P. dispar, Haw. (Large Copper) (Figs. 197 to 199), till
about the middle of the present century used to be taken
in one or two localities in the Fen Districts in the east
of England. The last capture seems to have been made
in 1847 or 1848. Reports of its occurrence since have
more than once appeared, but no capture has been
authenticated, and it is to be feared that the Large Copper
is now absolutely extinct. This is the more to be regretted,
as the species is not absolutely identical with any Conti-
nental species. L. dispar was, in fact, an insect exclusively
British. Such being the case, the number of specimens
is necessarily limited, and the fortunate possessors are
able to realise a high price for them. On the i6th May,
1892, as recorded in The Entomologist, p. 142, seven speci-
mens were sold, and fetched in the aggregate ^15 i8s. 6d.,
or on the average £2 55. 6d. each. One female sold for
£4 i os. ; while a male, without either antennae or
abdomen, realised £i 8s., a poor female ^i, and a
chipped male, showing the under-surface, £i los. The

POLYOMMATUS DISPAR.

177

home of the Large Copper used to be at Whittlesea Mere,
in Cambridgeshire, and at Yaxley and Holm Fens, in
Huntingdonshire, while it has been taken at Benacre,
in Suffolk, and at Bardolph Fen, in Norfolk. The drainage
of the Fens has no doubt a good deal to do with its

Male.

POLYOMMATUS DISPAR.

extinction ; but it may be due more to the large numbers
taken by collectors, the discovery of the larva, and the
burning of the herbage of the reclaimed Fens.

The eggs appear to have been laid in August, on the
leaves of the Great Water-dock (Rumex Hydrolapathuni).

178 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The young larvae soon retired for the winter, passing
that period in continual danger from the floods. They
were full-fed in June, the chrysalides could be found in
July, and the imagines were out till August.

The larva had a convex dorsal surface and a flat
ventral one hiding the legs and claspers. The segments
were clearly divided, and the tiny head was retractile
within the second. The colour was green, with a darker
stripe down the back.

The stout, blunt chrysalis, which was suspended by
the anal extremity, and girt, has been described as being
first pale green and then ashen, and as having a black
dorsal line, and two short white ones on each side.

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Figs. 197 to 199) is nearly straight, and their tip rather
pointed. The hind-margin of the fore-wings is rounded,
and of the hind-wings a little undulating. The ground-
colour of the upper surface is a very rich copper. In
the male (Fig. 198) the hind-margin of the fore-wings is
black, and there is a black streak half-way between the
margin and the base, while between this again and the
base is a black dot. The hind-wings have a notched
black hind-margin and a black streak half-way between
the hind-margin and the base. The female (Fig. 199),
which is larger than the male, has on all the wings a
similar but broader hind-margin. Parallel with this, on
the fore-wings, is a row of seven black spots, and in the
discoidal cell are three of the same colour, decreasing in
size towards the base of the wing. On each hind-wing
there is a copper band within the black hind-margin,
an'd the rest of the wing, except the nervures, is
either black or densely sprinkled with black scales.
The ground-colour of the under-surface (Fig. 197) is, on
the fore-wings, light orange-red, with a bluish-grey hind-

POLYOMMATUS PHLCEAS. 179

margin. There are numerous black spots, many of which
have a whitish circumference. The ground-colour of
the hind-wings is bluish-grey, with an orange-red hind-
margin. Here again are many black spots, all possess-
ing a pale circumference. The Large Copper was not
subject to much variation.

P. phlceas, Linn. (Small or Common Copper, or,
as Gilbert White calls it, the Small Golden Black-spotted

POLYOMMATUS PHLCEAS

Butterfly) (Figs. 200 to 202), at any rate appears little
likely to become extinct. It is a delightful little creature,
for besides being remarkably rich in colouring, it is
early on the wing, and, not content with displaying
its beauties in the summer, braves the rain and storms
of early autumn, before which most butterflies disappear.
The apprentice in the collector's craft will hail it with
delight, for not only is its flight weak, but if only

N 2

l8o THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the eye can follow the little gem as it alternately opens
and closes its wings, any number of strokes of the
net may be taken without the insect displaying much
concern.

No localities need be given for a butterfly which 'is
common everywhere and in many diverse situations ; it
seems, however, to prefer heaths and other open, uncul-
tivated spots.

The Small Copper appears to be three-brooded, the
larvae resulting from the last brood passing the winter in
that stage. The eggs are laid on the leaves of various
species of Dock, amongst them being the Broad-leaved
Dock (Rumex obtusifolius), the Common Sorrel (R. Ace-
tosa\ the Sheep's Sorrel (R. Acetosella\ and the. Fiddle-
dock (R. pulcher). They hatch in about a fortnight,
and the larvae are full-grown in about three weeks. The
three flights of imagines appear in April, June, and
August or September.

The larva (Fig. 200) resembles in shape that of the
Hairstreaks : the dorsal surface is convex and the ventral
flat, concealing the legs and claspers. The segments are
distinctly separated, and the small, brown head is re-
tractile within the second. The green body is covered
dorsally with very tiny flesh-coloured dots, each emitting a
brown bristle, and sometimes bears a faint brownish
medio-dorsal line.

The stout, blunt chrysalis is suspended by the anal
extremity, and girt. Except the anterior ventral part,
the surface is covered with very short, flesh-coloured hairs.
The colour is pale whitish-brown, sprinkled with numerous
darker brown markings, which arrange themselves so as to
form seven series, one being medio-dorsal and six lateral.
The antenna-, leg-, and wing-cases are also adorned with
dark markings.

LYC^ENA. l8l

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Figs. 201 and 202) is nearly straight; the hind-margin of
the fore-wings is nearly straight also and entire, that of the
hind-wings is a little waved, the anal angle having a slight
protuberance, and the nervure next it bearing an indica-
tion of a tail. The upper surface of the fore-wings (Fig.
202) is bright copper-red, with a broad black hind-margin
and about ten black spots. The hind-wings have a notched
black band on the hind-margin, within which is a copper
band, and the rest of the wing is very dark, with indica-
tions of black spots. The under-surface (Fig. 201) of the
fore-wings resembles the upper, but the ground-colour
has no metallic lustre, and the hind-margin is reddish-
grey. The ground-colour of the hind-wings is also
reddish-grey, with an indistinct coppery band parallel
with the hind-margin, and a considerable number of
small, dark brown spots. This butterfly is subject to a
good deal of variation, in both the size and distinctness
of the black spots as well as in the ground-colour, which
is occasionally silvery-white instead of copper.

Lycaena, Treitschke (The Blues).

In the genus Lyccena we have ten very beautiful butter-
flies, though in most cases they are somewhat small :
L. bcetica, L. agon, L. astrarche, L. icarus^ L. bellargus,
L. corydon, L. argiolus^ L. semiargus, L. minima, and
L. arion ; while by some, L. argiades, Pall, (the Short-
tailed Blue), which has been a few times taken, is claimed
as an eleventh. The blue colour, which though various
in shade is often very intense, is usually only present to
any great extent in the males ; the females are generally
brown with but a sprinkling of blue scales, and those
chiefly at the base of the wings. One species, L. astrarche^
has not a particle of blue in either sex, while the female

1 82 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

of L. argiolus has that colour almost as well developed
as the male.

The larvae are all what is called onisciform — that is,
woodlouse-shaped — the head being small and retractile
within the second segment, which is somewhat flattened,
as are also the eleventh, twelfth, and thirteenth ; while the
segments between have each a pair of prominences, forming
two ridges along the back with a slight hollow between
them. The sides are dilated below the spiracles, and the
ventral surface is flat, hiding the legs and claspers.

The pupae are rather slender and practically without
points or angles. Normally they are attached by the anal
extremity, and girt ; but the larva often turns without
attaching itself at all, and at times even below the surface
of the ground. Several species are almost, or quite, con-
fined to chalk districts ; but others are less fastidious in
that respect.

A beginner will doubtless find this genus one of the
most confusing of those into which our butterflies are
divided, as many of the species bear a very close resem-
blance to one another : and especially is this the case with
a few of the females, those of Z. icarus, L. bellargus, arid
L. corydon sometimes almost defying separation. The
following table may perhaps be found of use for purposes
of identification :

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES OF THE GENUS LYC^KNA.

A. a. Hind-wings tailed ; under- surface streaked,

not spotted batica.

b. Hind-wings minutely tailed ; under-surface
silvery- white, with tiny black spots argiades.

B. Possessing marginal red spots, and a white
dash on the under-surface of the hind-wings :

a. Having no spots between the discoidal spot
and the base of the wing —

LYCVENA B^TICA. 183

1. Metallic spots near hind -margin of hind-
wings, white dash obsolete cegon.

2. Metallic spots absent ; no blue scales

on either male or female astrarche.

b. Having about three black spots near the
base of the hind-wings ; females very similar—

1. Fringe white icarus.

2. Fringe dark at the nervures, the
sprinkling of blue scales on the upper
surface of females of the same tint as the
blue of the corresponding males —

i. Male intense sky-blue bellargus.

ii. Male pale silvery blue corydon.

C. Without red spots or white dash :

a. Upper surface cold sky-blue .' argiolus.

b. Upper surface dark purple-blue, female brown semiargus.

c. Very small, brown, male sprinkled with
silvery-blue minima.

d. Large, brown suffused with blue, a band of
black spots near the middle of the upper sur-
face of all the wings . . arion.

L. baetica, Linn. (Long-tailed Blue, or Pea-pod Argus)
(Figs. 203 and 204), though now usually included in the
list of British butterflies, has been taken on but few
occasions in this country, and is probably but a straggler
amongst us. It was first captured, I believe, in England,
in 1859, a season in which it was abundant in France,
and was taken in the Channel Islands. L. bcetica is
widely distributed, being common in South-eastern and
South-central Europe. The tails, together with the streaky
appearance of the under-surface of the wings and the
arrangement of the blue colouring of the upper surface,
cause this butterfly to have much the look of a Theda.

As will be seen from the following list of captures
recorded in The Entomologist, few specimens have been
captured in England: 1859, Brighton; 1878, Freshwater,

1 84

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Isle of Wight; 1880, Aldwick, near Bognor; 1882,
Bournemouth; 1886 or 1887, Heswall, Cheshire.

L. batica is on the wing at the end of the summer
and in the autumn, and the eggs lie dormant during
the winter. In England the larvae might feed perhaps
inside the pods of the field pea and other leguminous
plants.

The larva, of the usual Lyctzna shape, varies through
brownish, brownish-green, to bright green. There is a
dark medio-dorsal stripe, as well as a white lateral one

LYC^NA B^TICA.

below the yellow spiracles. The sides bear oblique lines,
dark above and paler below.

The pupa is yellowish or .reddish, with brown dots,
which are especially numerous on the head. The spiracles
are black, and there is a dark line extending along the
posterior part of the front of the pupa. It is suspended
from the food-plant, and girt.

The imago (Figs. 203 and 204) has the costal and
hind-margins of the fore-wings slightly convex ; the hind-
wings bear a long tail at the extremity of the nervure next
the anal angle. The colour of the upper surface (Fig.
203) is dull brown shot with blue, that colour being more

LYC^ENA ARGIADES. 185

concentrated in the female. Parallel to the hind-margin of
the hind-wings is a row of pale-edged spots, the two nearest
the anal angle being much brighter than the rest, the last
but one especially so. These are more strongly developed
in the female, which sex has also a line of whitish spots
parallel to these. The under-surface (Fig. 204) is pale
drab, thickly streaked with a darker tint and with a
whitish band parallel to the hind-margin of all the
wings, and about a third of the way in. There are
near the anal angle of the hind-wings two large black
spots edged on the outer side with metallic-green.

L. argiades, Pall. (Short-tailed Blue), though possibly
a native of England, has been recorded no more than five
times: two in 1874, two miles from Frome; and three
in 1885, a female, August i8th, at Bloxworth Heath,
Dorset, a male, August 2oth, at the same place, and
another specimen on August 2ist near Bournemouth.
It may be that others have been taken and wrongly
classified, as this butterfly closely resembles both agon
and icarus on the upper surface. The food-plant is the
Narrow-leaved Bird's-foot Trefoil (Lotus major). Argiades
should be sought for from May till August. There may
be as many as three broods in a season, the spring
brood producing the largest specimens.

The costal margin of the male imago is convex, and
the hind-margin of all the wings entire, except for a
minute tail near the anal angle of the hind-wings. Inside
the white fringe is a narrow, dark line. The under-
surface is pale silvery-blue, with black dots, and in
general appearance somewhat closely resembles the under-
surface of L. argiolus.

L. aegon, Schiff. (Silver-studded Blue) (Figs. 205 to 208),
though one of the smallest of our Blues, is, as far as the
male is concerned, one of the handsomest. It should

1 86 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

be sought for on heaths, downs, and commons, and
in such situations seems to be fairly well distributed
throughout England. It is by no means confined to
chalk, the sandy downs of Surrey, indeed, being amongst
its favourite haunts.

The eggs are laid in the summer on the Bird's-foot
(Ornithopus perpusillus\ and hatch in the following spring.
The larvae, which have also been seen feeding on the
common Furze (Ulex europ<zus\ are full-fed about the
middle or end of June, when the pupae may be found.
The butterflies appear the next month and continue
into August.

The colour of the larva (Fig. 205), which is of the
shape common to the genus, is bright yellowish-green.
Along the back is a dark stripe with whitish edges ; near
the head this line assumes the form of three spots, and
behind these it bears four white dots. On each side is
a subdorsal yellowish line bordered by rather dark green
ones. There is a whitish line on the lateral dilatation,
and above it a series of indistinct oblique yellowish
streaks. The twelfth segment bears two rather conspicuous
warts, and the body is covered with fine, short hairs.
Its length is not much over iin.

The pupa, which is less than ^in. in length, has the
larval skin attached to the anal extremity, and does not
seem to be very well adapted for suspension. It is
unangled and smooth, but not shining. The abdomen
is swollen, and the wing-cases are long and prominent.
It is dull green in colour, with a line of dark marks
shaped like arrow-heads down the back.

The wings of the imago (Figs. 206 to 208) are. long
and slender, and the margins are entire, those of the
fore-wings being slightly convex. The fringe is white.
The colour of the upper surface of the male (Fig. 207)

LYC^ENA

i87

is deep blue, with a rather broad black band inside the
fringe. The upper surface of the female (Fig. 208) is dark
sepia-brown, sometimes tinged with blue, and with a more
or less developed line of spots fringed with red along the
hind-margins. If the blue tinge is absent, the female very
closely resembles L. astrarche on the upper surface. The
under-surface (Fig. 206) is bluish-grey in the male, brown-
ish-grey in the female. In each case there is a band of red

205

207

Male.

LYC^NA ^EGON.

spots parallel to the hind-margin of all the wings. There
is a line of black spots outside the red and of black
arches beyond it. Each fore-wing contains besides seven
white-margined black spots, and each hind-wing about
a dozen such spots. Some, or all of the black spots
forming the series near the hind-margin of the hind-
wings have a bright silvery-green metallic centre, whence
the common name.

1 88 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

L. astrarche, Bergstrasser, medon, Esper, agestis,
Hiibner, idas, Haw. (Brown Argus) (Figs. 209 to 211),
although belonging to the family of Blues, has not a
particle of blue about it. This inconspicuous little
butterfly is well distributed, and usually plentiful in
England and the southern half of Scotland ; but so
greatly does it vary with change of latitude that many
have been the discussions and controversies amongst
naturalists as to whether the different forms should
constitute one, two, or even three species. The weight
of the evidence seems, however, to be in favour of
considering them all to belong to one, though the
southern and typical form is double-brooded, while the
others pass through the cycle of changes but once in a
season.

The eggs of the typical form are laid twice in the
year, about May and August, in small groups on the
under-surface of the leaves of the Common Rock-rose
(Hclianthemum vulgare), and also on the Hemlock Stork's-
bill (Er odium dcutariunt). The larvae of the second
brood pass the winter in that stage, and assume the
pupal form about the end of April. The imagines of
the typical form appear in May and again in August ;
but those of the northern forms do not appear till the
end of June.

The larva (Fig. 209) is about Jin. in length and of
the form common to the genus. The colour is pale
green with a medio-dorsal brownish-purple stripe, and on
each side very faint pale oblique stripes, which, in the
northern form at least, disappear when the larva is
nearly full-grown. There is also a lateral pink stripe
on each side, edged with darker pink above and still
darker below. The pale, inconspicuous spiracles are
situated in the uppermost pink stripe. The dorsal

LYC^NA ASTRARCHE.

189

projections and lateral dilatations bear white hairs. The
ventral surface is green, with white hairs, the claspers
are yellowish, and the legs are marked with black. Mr.
Buckler thought that in the typical form the green was

209

LYC^NA ASTRARCHE.

more lively and full than in the Scotch form, .and the
pink along the lateral region darker, inclining to purple.
The chrysalis is not much over |in. in length. That
of the northern form has been described as being rather

LYC^NA ASTRARCHE, VAR. ARTAXERXES.

thick, smooth, but not shining. The colour is bluish-
green except the abdomen, which is dull yellowish. On
each side is a white-centred pink stripe, and a black
curved streak is found on each side of the head. The
larval skin remains attached to the anal extremity.

1 90 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Figs. 210 and 211) is straight, and the hind-margin of
both fore- and hind-wings rounded and entire. The fringe
is white, slightly marked with brown at the nervures. The
colour of the upper surface is dark sepia-brown. In the
typical form there is a black discoidal spot on the fore-
wings, and a row of red arched spots inside the margin of
all the wings. On the under-surface (Fig. 211) the ground-
colour is greyish-brown. Inside the margin comes a
row of black spots, edged with white externally and with
red internally. The red is bounded by black arches
edged with white towards the base of the wing. Within
this marginal black, red, and white band there are on
the fore-wings about seven white-edged black spots, and
on the hind-wings about a dozen. The white dash on
the hind-wings is conspicuous. This, the typical form, is
seen at its best on the downs in the south of England.
• As we proceed northwards, the black discoidal spot
on the fore-wings becomes surrounded with white, the
red spots grow less and less distinct, and gradually
disappear from the fore-wings, while the black centres to
the spots on the under-surface become smaller. At this
stage the little butterfly acquires the varietal name
salmacis, Steph. (Castle Eden Argus, or Durham
Argus).

Proceeding farther north and crossing the Border into
Scotland, the red marks will be found to have quite
disappeared from the upper surface of the fore-wings,
and almost from the hind ones ; the discoidal spot on
the fore-wings is now pure white, and the under-surface
extremely delicate, for the black centres have altogether
disappeared from the white spots. We now have var.
artaxerxes, Fabr. (Scotch Brown Argus) (Figs. 212
and 213).

LYC^ENA ICARUS.

L. icarus, Rott, L. alexis, Hiib. (Common Blue)
(Figs. 214 to 218), is the brilliant little butterfly that
is so familiar to us throughout the summer, and joins
the Small Copper and Small Heath in many a sportive
gambol in the sunshine. It is found everywhere through-
out the British Isles, and nearly everywhere is very
common.

215

LYOENA ICARUS.

The eggs are laid on the Bird's-foot Trefoil (Lotus
corniculatus), and on Ononis arvensis and no doubt
O. spinosa, the two Common Rest-harrows. There are
more broods than one during the season, and the winter
appears usually to be passed in the larval stage. The
butterflies are on the wing from May to October.

The larva (Fig. 214), which is a little over Jin. in
length, is covered with tiny hairs. It is dark green in

192 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

colour, but paler on the dorsal ridges. The dilatations
below the spiracles are yellowish, the spiracles themselves
being pale green. The small, black, and shining head
is hidden beneath the second segment. There are three
pale, oblique, lateral lines on each side of each segment.

The pupa (Fig. 215), about |in. in length, is perhaps
seldom suspended and girt, as is normally the case with
members of the family. It is nearly cylindrical. The
skin is delicate and shining, usually pale green in colour,
and having a dark green line down the back of the
abdomen. 'The rounded wing-cases have a slight brown
tinge; the head is pale brown, and the spiracles are
light. There are some minute bristles about the anterior
extremity.

The margins of all the wings of the imago (Figs.
216 to 218) are entire, the costal and hind ones of the
fore-wings being very slightly convex — in fact almost straight.
The fringe is pure white. The colour of the upper surface
of the male (Fig. 217) is brilliant blue of a purple tinge,
and a very narrow black line separates this colour from
the fringe. The upper surface of the female (Fig. 218)
is dark sepia-brown more or less tinged with blue, and
having a band of spots edged with red inside the hind-
margin of all the wings. The under-surface (Fig. 216) is
grey, bluish in the male, browner in the female. There
is the band of red spots near the hind-margin, having
a row of black spots outside them and a row of black
arches behind. The fore-wing bears beside nine white-
edged black spots, and the hind-wing about a dozen of
a similar nature. The white dash is well developed.
The females vary considerably in the amount of blue
and in the development of the red spots on the upper
surface, and a good series will be required for the
cabinet.

LYC^ENA BELLARGUS.

193

L. bellargus, Rott, L. adonis, Fabr. (Adonis Blue,
Clifden Blue, or Dartford Blue) (Figs. 219 to 221).
— The brilliant sky-blue of the upper surface of the male
of this species far surpasses in purity and intensity the
blue of any other member of the genus. It is a south
of England butterfly, and is there almost entirely confined
to the chalk. It has been taken in Bucks, Lancashire,

LYC^ENA BELLARGUS.

Somerset, Gloucestershire, Devon, Dorset, Hants and
the Isle of Wight, Sussex, Surrey, Kent, and Argyll.

The eggs are laid on the Horseshoe-vetch (Hippocrepis
comosa) twice in the year, the insect being double-brooded.
The first flight of butterflies takes place about the end
of May or beginning of June, and the second about the
middle of August. The larvae resulting from the second

o

194 ' THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

brood are full-fed in the spring, and produce the earlier
flight of butterflies.

The larva, which, when fully grown, is about fin. in
length, is of the usual Lyc&na shape, with a double
series of dorsal humps on segments three to ten. The
colour is deep green. The dorsal humps all bear a
yellow dash, and the succession of dashes forms on each
side an interrupted dorsal yellow line, while a line of
the same colour near the edge of the lateral dilatation
surrounds the caterpillar, except near the anterior
extremity. There is besides a row of yellow dashes
below the spiracular dilatation and above the feet. The
spiracles are black, and the head is very nearly so.
There is, according to Mr. W. Buckler, very little
difference between the larva of this butterfly, Z. bellargus,
and that of L. corydon except that in the latter the
ground-colour is a yellower green, and the hairs are
light brown instead of black. The larvae seem to like to
bury themselves just below the surface of the ground,
where they form a rudimentary cocoon before taking the
pupa state.

The pupa is without points or angles. The wing-cases
are long, and they and the thorax are somewhat shining,
but the abdomen has a roughened appearance ; the
surface is slightly hairy. At first the wing-cases are
greenish, while the rest of the body is of a browner
green ; afterwards the whole body takes on a brownish-
yellow tinge.

The costal and hind margins of the fore-wings of the
imago (Figs. 219 to 221) are slightly convex. All the
wings are entire, and the fringe is white, with dark marks
at the nervures. The upper surface of the male (Fig. 220)
is bright sky-blue, with a fine black line separating that
colour from the fringe. Close to this line on the hind-

LYC^ENA CORYDON. 195

wings is a small black dot between each pair of nervures.
The upper surface of the female (Fig. 221) is a dull,
smoky brown, with a sprinkling of sky-blue scales near
the base of the wings. There is a small, dark, discoidal
spot on the fore-wings, and a marginal row of red spots
with black centres and black circumferences on the hind-
wings : the red spots, though present, are very indistinct
on the fore-wings. The under-surface (Fig. 219) is pale
brown, with the marginal row of red spots as on the
upper surface. Besides these there are about nine white-
edged black spots on each fore-wing and about a dozen
on each hind- wing. The hind-wings also bear a white
discoidal spot and the characteristic white dash.

L. corydon, Fabr. (Chalk-hill Blue) (Figs. 222 to 227),
after L. arion is one of the largest of our Blues. The
male also is one of the handsomest, the blue of its wings
reminding one of the silvery moonlight on a clear, frosty
night. It is a chalk-loving insect, and though not entirely
confined to that kind of country, must usually there be
sought. Its chief home is in the south of England,
where in some districts it is plentiful. Roughly speaking,
it has been found in most of the counties south of a line
joining the Wash to the Bristol Channel, as well as in
Glamorganshire, Lancashire, Cumberland, Westmoreland,
and Lincolnshire.

The eggs are laid on several plants of the order Legu-
minosce, such as the Kidney Vetch (Anthyllis vulnerarid),
Bird's-foot Trefoil (Lotus corniculatus\ and Clover, or
Trefoil (Trifolium). The larvae are full-fed about the
middle of June or earlier, and the butterflies are on the
wing in June, or even before, and continue into July
and August.

The larva (Figs. 222 and 223) very closely resembles
that of L. bellargus, the only difference, as mentioned

o 2

196

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

before, consisting in the yellower green ground-colour of
L. corydon, and the light brown hairs of the same larva
instead of the black ones of L. bellargus.

226

Male

227
Female.

LYC^ENA CORYDON.

The pupa (Fig. 224) is without angles or keels. Several
larvae observed during the past summer (1892) did not
suspend themselves before assuming the chrysalis form, but
retired just beneath the surface of the ground, and, having

LYC^NA ARGIOLUS. 197

drawn together the loose earth with a few threads of silk,
there turned. The anterior part of the chrysalis and the
wing-cases are dull pale green, while the posterior part is
dingy yellow. The abdomen is covered with very short hairs.

The costal and hind margins of the fore-wings of the
imago (Figs. 225 to 227) are very slightly convex; all the
margins are entire. The fringe is white, with dark marks
at the end of the nervures. The upper surface of the
male (Fig. 226) is very pale silvery-blue, becoming dark
brown towards the hind-margin, with a series of dark dots
inside the same margin, fairly distinct on the hind-wings.
The upper surface of the female (Fig. 227) is dark smoky-
brown, with a small discoidal black spot on each fore-
wing, and a marginal series of red spots, which are
somewhat indistinct on the fore- wings, but on the hind-
wings are black-centred and bounded above with black
arches. The blue scales with which the base of the
wings of the female are sprinkled are of the same tint
as the blue of the male. On the under-surface (Fig. 225)
the markings can scarcely be distinguished from those
of L. bellarguS) but possibly the markings of L. corydon
may be a little less distinct, and the black spots on
the fore-wings may be a little larger than is the case
with L. bellargus.

L. argiolus, Linn. (Azure Blue or the Holly Blue)
(Figs. 228 to 231), commences the division of the Blues
from which the red spots are absent. Its home is in
the south of England, but it has been found in Durham
and the Lake Districts.

The eggs are laid on the flower-stalks of Holly-flowers
(Ilex Aquifoliuni), on the Ivy (Hedera Helix\ and
probably on the Alder Buckthorn (Rhamnus Frangula\
the Dogwood (Cornus sanguinea\ and the Spindle-tree
(Euonymus europceus). There are two broods usually,

198 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

and it almost seems that the earlier one affects holly-
blossoms, while the latter prefers to feed on the ivy.
The first flight of butterflies occurs at the end of
April and in May. The eggs are laid on the holly,
and the larvae feed on the flower-buds, young berries, and
young leaves. They are full-fed in about a month, and
the pupae, which are fastened to the leaves, come out
in about eighteen days. The second flight occurs in
July or August. The second brood of larvae feeds for
about forty xiay in August and September, the winter
being past in the pupa stage.

The full-grown larva (Fig. 228) is about iin. long, and
of the usual Lyccena shape. It exhibits considerable
variation as regards colour. One form is green with a
paler streak on the dorsal ridges and thin, double,
oblique lines on the sides, with a yellowish-white
margin to the sub-spiracular dilatation. The head is
almost black. The round spiracles may be described as
flesh-coloured, and the skin is covered with yellowish
warts each emitting a white hair. The green of the
ground-colour varies, and some individuals are marked
with pink or black. The food-plant has something to
do with these differences. While the larva is not feeding,
and waiting for the pupal change, the colour becomes
greyish-pink.

The pupa, which is about fin. in length, is stout and
has on the dorsal surface of the thorax the slightest
trace of a keel ; the wing-cases are long. The colour is
pale brownish-yellow, except the wing-cases which are
grey. These latter are smooth, whereas the rest of the
body is covered with tiny brown hairs. The markings
are a dark-brown line on the back of the thorax, which
is continued down the abdomen as a series of dashes.
The abdomen also bears a sub-dorsal series of larger

LYC^ENA ARGIOLUS.

199

dark brown marks, while the thorax bears oblique
rows of small brown spots. Tiny brown spots are
also to be found on the wing-cases, which are outlined
in brown.

All the wings of the imago (Figs. 229 to 231) are entire,
and the costal and hind margins are convex. The fringe
is white, with black marks at the ends of the nervures in

Male.

Female.

LYCLENA ARGIOLUS.

the female (Fig. 231), and of those of the fore-wings in
the male (Fig. 230). The upper surface of the male is
pale sky-blue, somewhat resembling L. bellargus, but not
at all approaching it in intensity of colouring. There is
a black line between the blue and the fringe, which line
increases in width on the fore-wings towards the tip.
The female, whose ground-colour is similar to that of the

200 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

male, except that the wings are sprinkled with black
scales, has on the fore-wings a wide black margin,
broadest at the tip. On the hind-wings also the tip
is black, and there is after that a small black spot
between each pair of nervures. The under-surface
(Fig. 229) is pale whitish-blue in colour, with faint
black, linear discoidal spots on all the wings, and
besides, on the fore-wings about eight small black
marks, and on the hind-wings about fifteen. Many of
the marks on both wings have a slightly paler circum-
scription.

233

LYC^NA SEMIARGUS.

L. semiargus, Rott., L. acis, SchifT. (Mazarine
Blue) (Figs. 232 and 233), is one of the least common
of our butterflies, and possibly can scarcely be said to
be a British butterfly at all at the present moment,
though some years ago it used to be fairly common.
In the first half of the century it could be taken in
several counties — Lincoln, Cambridge, Warwick, Glou-
cester, Hereford, Monmouth, Glamorgan, Somerset,
Dorset, and Hants ; but no locality could be given for
it now, though perhaps it may still be present in some
undisturbed districts, especially as it might be passed
over on the wing, from its resemblance to one or two

LYC^ENA MINIMA. 2O1

other Blues. Till a few years ago it held its ground in
a locality near Cardiff, but seems now to have quite
disappeared from there also It is out in June and July.
The costal and hind margins of the wings of the imago
(Figs. 232 and 233) are convex and entire ; the fringe is
white. The upper surface of the male is a fine purple-
blue, becoming black just inside the fringe ; the nervures
are dark. The upper surface of the female is dark
brown. The under-surface (Fig. 232) is greyish-brown

LYC^ENA MINIMA.

with pale blue scales towards the base of the wings.
On each wing besides a black discoidal streak edged
with white there are several white-edged black spots —
five on each fore-wing and nine on each hind-wing.

L. minima, Fues., L. alsus, Fabr. (Bedford Blue, or
Little Blue) (Figs. 234 to 237), is far the smallest of
the Blues and, indeed, of all our butterflies. It is
moreover inconspicuous, and certainly cannot be said
to make up in beauty what it lacks in size. Though

202 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

usually met with on the chalk and limestone, L. minima
is widely distributed over Great Britain ; but it is not
present everywhere throughout the island.

The eggs are laid about mid- June on the flower-heads
of the Kidney Vetch (Anthyllis vulneraria). The young
larvae come out in less than a week, and feed by pre-
ference on the seeds. They are full-fed at the end of
July, and suspend themselves for pupation, but do not
turn till the beginning of the next June. The imago
comes out after two or three weeks, and lives but a
short time.

The full-grown larva (Fig. 234), which is about Jin.
long and of the usual Lycana shape, is brownish flesh-
colour, some specimens having a pinkish tinge, some
inclining to chocolate. The dorsal stripe is of a deeper
tint than the ground-colour. On each side is a sub-
dorsal line consisting of a series of dark brown marks.
The edge of the lateral dilatation bears a whitish stripe,
which is continued round the anal extremity. The
caterpillar is covered with short, dark brown hairs ; the
head is black.

The pupa (Fig. 235), which is not much more than
Jin. long, is sometimes, at least, not suspended. The
colour is light stone-colour, with tiny black specks. A
black, somewhat broken stripe runs down the back, and
is followed on each side by a row of short, oblique
black dashes. All parts of the body, except the cases of
wings, legs, and antennae, are covered with whitish hairs ;
the wing-cases are marked with grey.

The costal and hind margins of the wings of the imago
(Figs. 236 and 237) are convex and entire; the fringe is
white and unmarked. The upper surface (Fig. 237) is
dull sepia-brown, sprinkled with silvery scales in the male;
the under-surface (Fig. 236) is pale grey, of a bluish tinge

LYC^ENA ARION. 203

in the male. On each wing is a pale discoidal streak.
The fore-wings also bear a row of seven small, white-
edged black spots, while the hind-wings have about
eleven of a similar nature scattered somewhat irregularly
over each wing.

L. arion, Linn. (Large Blue) (Figs. 238 and 239), is
a local butterfly, and by no means common where it
occurs at all. It may be sought for on rough, broken
ground on hill sides, in old quarries, on flowery
commons, and in other similar spots. Should arion be

LYC^NA ARION.

sighted, an easy capture will probably be made, for its
flight is somewhat weak. Its large size and dark
appearance will easily distinguish it on the wing from
the rest of the Blues.

The imago appears at the end of June or beginning
of July, and the eggs are laid about the same time on
Wild Thyme (Thymus serpyllum), usually on the flowers.
They hatch in about a week, but little appears to be
known of the larva or pupa, and it is not certain in
what state the insect passes the winter.

L. arion unfortunately seems to be dying out in

204 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

England, though Newman and others mention its having
occurred in the following counties — in some localities
in considerable numbers : Bedford, Huntingdon, Bucking-
ham, Northampton, Hereford, Gloucester, Somerset,
Devon, Dorset, Wilts, Hants, Shropshire, and Kent.

The costal and hind margin of all the wings of the
imago (Figs. 238 and 239) are convex, the hind-wings
are slightly inclined to be scalloped, and the fringe is
white. The upper surface (Fig. 239) is a kind of steel-
blue, or a dark blackish-brown suffused with blue scales.
The blue scales, however, are confined to the central
portion of the wings, the margins being left darker by
their absence. Near the centre of the wings are several
distinct black spots, as well as a few others less distinct.
Their arrangement will be seen from the illustration. As
no other of our Blues possesses spots of this nature, they
will be sufficient for the recognition of the one before us.
The under-surface (Fig. 238) is pale brown in colour,
with a double row of indefinite black spots near the
hind-margin of all the wings, and within these a con-
siderable number of black spots with white circum-
ferences— about nine on each fore-wing and thirteen on
each hind-wing. The sexes are similar.

CHAPTER V

E R Y C I N I D /E.

Nemeobius, Steph.

EMEOBIUS is the only European genus of
the' family Erycinidcz, and the genus is
represented by but the one species here
described, which may be distinguished by
the males possessing four perfect legs,
while the females have six.

N. lucina, Linn. (Figs. 240 to 243), is usually called
the Duke of Burgundy Fritillary, an unfortunate title,
since it at once gives a wrong idea of the insect's
position among our butterflies. The difficulty might be
avoided, perhaps, by dropping the word Fritillary, and
calling it the Duke of Burgundy simply. It is a pretty
little butterfly, closely resembling the Fritillaries in general
appearance, and, like many of them, making sylvan scenes
its home. In such spots it may be taken, flitting along
the hollows and pathways. There are numerous localities
for it throughout England, from north to south, but it
cannot be said to be distributed generally, and need not
be expected away from woods.

206

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The eggs are laid at the beginning of June on the
under-side of the leaves of the Cowslip (Primula verts)
or Primrose (Primula vulgaris). The larvse may be found
from June till August or September, the winter being
passed in the pupal stage. The imagines come out in
June.

243

NEMEOBIUS LUCINA.

The larva is woodlouse-shaped (Fig. 240). The colour of
the head is shiny orange-brown, of the body dark yellowish-
brown down to the spiracles paler below them. The
body is downy and, especially on the back, bears many
warts, each of which emits a bundle of stiff, curved hairs.
There is a dark, interrupted dorsal stripe of blackish
hairs, and on each side are two lateral ones. The spiracles
are outlined in black.

NEMEOBIUS LUCINA. 207

The stout, rounded pupa (Fig. 241) which is attached
by the anal extremity to the food-plant, and girt, is very
pale brown in colour, covered with numerous black spots,
and having a dark streak on the costal margin of the
wing-cases. The whole body is covered with rather long
brown hairs.

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Figs. 242 and 243) is nearly straight, and the hind-
margin slightly convex. The hind-margin of the hind-
wirigs is scalloped, but not deeply, while the anal angle
has an indication of a protuberance. The fringe is white,
with brown spots at the ends of the nervures ; the body
is black. The dark brown ground-colour of the upper
surface (Fig. 243) is relieved on the fore-wings by three
irregular bands of orange spots, the marginal ones being
black-centred. On the hind-wings the marginal band is
continued, and has large black centres ; but between this
band and the base of the wings are only a few orange
spots. The ground-colour of the under-surface (Fig. 242)
is much lighter. The marginal band is repeated on all
the wings, but does not show up so distinctly. The
markings on the rest of the fore-wings resemble those
on the upper surface ; on the hind-wings, however,
between the marginal band and the base, are two bands
of large and clear dark-edged white spots. Owing to the
presence of these spots and the richer ground-colour, the
under-surface is much more beautiful than the upper.

CHAPTER VI.

HESPERI ID/E.

The Skippers.

HE Hesperiidce constitute a distinct and
very interesting little group, falling natur-
ally at the end of the butterflies, and
serving as a kind of connecting-link between
them and the moths, which they some-
what closely resemble in many points. The Skippers
have stout bodies and rather thick wings ; the heads are
broad, and the roots of the antennae distant. The
antennae themselves are either curved at the end, some-
thing like those of the Foresters and Burnets among the
moths, or terminate in a short hook. The flight of the
Skippers is not continuous, like that of a normal
butterfly, but in short, sharp jerks ; while at rest the
hind-wings are held in an almost horizontal position, the
fore-wings being kept nearly vertical. The shape of the
larvae and pupae also reminds us of the moths. The
larvae too feed under the shelter of leaves, which they
fasten together with threads of silk. The slender, un-
angled pupae are contained in rudimentary cocoons, also

SYRICHTHUS MAI/WE. 209

between leaves of the food-plant. The imagines have
six perfect legs adapted for walking. The following
artificial key to the species of the Hesperildce may be
found useful :

A. Sexes similar ; ground-colour black or brown.

1 . Black with white spots -5. malvce.

2. Black with yellow spots C. palcemon.

3. Dark brown, with darker brown marking,

and a few small white spots N. tages.

B. Male distinguished from the female by a
black bar on the fore-wings ; ground-colour rich
orange-brown.

a. Small ; without hooks to antennae.

1. Colour uniform; bar on male, long, con-
tinuous, curved, distinct ; under- side of

antennae, pale buff, not dark H. thauinas.

2. Colour uniform; bar on male, short,
broken, usually indistinct ; under-side of

tips of antennae black H. lineola.

3. With a fan-like arrangement of light
markings on fore- wings H. actceon.

b. Larger; with hooks to antennae.

1. Under-surface yellowish, almost uniform H. sylvanus.

2. Under-surface darker, with square white
markings H. cot/ima.

Syrichthus, Bdv.

The genus Syrichthus is represented by the single
species following :

S. malvae, Linn., S. alveolus, Hiibner (Grizzled
Skipper) (Figs. 244 and 245), is a fairly common little
butterfly in grassy spots near woods in England and
parts of Scotland. When on the wing it is very difficult
to follow, and so does- not fall an easy prey to the
pursuer. Should a capture be effected, it must be
remembered that a Skipper is not like an ordinary
butterfly, and no attempt should be made to kill it by

210 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

pinching the thorax ; such a proceeding would almost
certainly destroy the beauty of the specimen. All
Skippers had better be boxed and taken home, or
killed in the cyanide-bottle on the spot.

The perfect insect is out in May, and continues but
a short time upon the wing. The eggs are laid about
the beginning of June on the Bramble (Rubus fruticosus],
the Strawberry-leaved Potentilla (Potentilla Fragariastruni),
and perhaps on the Musk Mallow (Malva moschata),
the Raspberry (Rubus Idceus), the Wild Strawberry
(Fragaria vescd), and possibly one or two species of
Potentilla besides that mentioned above. The eggs hatch

244

245

SYRICHTHUS

in nine or ten days, and the pupae may be found about
September.

The larva (Fig. 244), which is between ?in. and Jin.
in length when full-grown, is somewhat spindle-shaped.
The body is yellowish-green, with a reddish tinge on the
fore-part of the back, and is covered with short hairs.
There are indistinct dorsal, subdorsal, and spiracular
lines, and the head is dark brown.

The long, smooth, unangled pupa is contained in a
slight cocoon between bramble-leaves fastened together
by threads of silk. The dorsal surface bears reddish-
brown hairs. The ground-colour is reddish-grey, the
wing-cases having a pinkish tinge and the dorsal surface

NISONIADES TAGES. 211

of the abdomen being brownish. On the anterior parts
of the pupa are some dark brown marks, and there is
a row of spots across each segment of the abdomen.

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Fig. 245) is nearly straight, the hind-margin of all the
wings is slightly convex, and the fringe is black and
white. The colour of the upper surface is black,
chequered with variously-shaped white marks. The
under-surface resembles the upper, but is paler. The
sexes are similar. There is a variety in which several
of the spots on the upper surface of the fore-wings
coalesce and give the butterfly a very distinctive appear-
ance. This goes by the name of S. malvce var.
Icwatera.

Nisoniades, Hubner ; Thanaos, Boisduval.

Like Syrichthus, Nisoniades is represented by but a
single species.

N. tages, Linn. (Dingy Skipper) (Figs. 246 and
247), though not so common as the last butterfly, is
found throughout England and in parts of Scotland. It
should be sought for on dry banks, on hill-sides, and
in similar' localities. It is common in the south-east
corner of England.

The imagines come out in May. The eggs are laid
about the end of the month on the Bird's-foot Trefoil
(Lotus corniculatus). They hatch early in June, and
the larvae are full-grown at the end of July, producing,
probably, a second flight of butterflies.

The full-grown larva (Fig. 246) is somewhat spindle-
shaped and from fin. to n'n. in length. It is yellowish-green,
shagreened with dark points. The dorsal stripe is of a
darker green and is followed on each side by a sub-
dorsal, pale, dark-edged one. The small spiracles are

p 2

212 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

red and the spiracular line is whitish-green. The head
is dark brown.

The unangled pupa is green on the thorax, but tinged
with red on the abdomen.

The costal margin of the imago (Fig. 247) is nearly
straight, and the hind-margin of all the wings slightly
convex. The fringe is brown, as is also the ground-
colour of all the wings. On the fore-wings are two
rows of dark brown spots, the one nearest the base
being interrupted. The hind-wings are of a much
darker brown ground-colour, with a few indistinct
pale markings. Inside the fringe on all the wings is a

246

NISONIADES TAGES.

fine dark line, succeeded inwards by a ro.w of tiny
whitish dots. The under-surface is pale whitish-brown,
with a few indistinct whitish dots, consisting principally
of a line just inside the fringe. The sexes are similar.

Hesperia, BoisduvaL

Hesperia contains five British species — H. thaumas,
H. lineola, H. actaon, H. sylvanus, H. comma, all of
them possessing a rich orange-brown ground-colour, and
the males in each case having a black bar near the
base of the fore-wings, distinguishing them from the
females. The last two, which are considerably larger

HESPERIA TRAUMAS.

2I3

than the others, have their antennae terminated in a
hook. All five butterflies have a concave bend on the
hind-wings near the anal angle.

H. thaumas, Hufn., H. linea, Fabr. (Small Skipper)
(Figs. 248 to 250), is pretty generally distributed throughout
England by the sides of hedgerows, on commons, and
in many other situations ; but owing to its small size and

249

Male.

250

Female.

HESPERIA THAUMAS.

inconspicuous colouring is probably seldom seen except
by entomologists.

The eggs are laid towards the end of July, and the
young larvae come out early in August. They feed on
grasses, two that they take to well being the Meadow
Soft-grass (Holcus lanatus) and the Slender False Brome-
grass (Brachypodium sylvaticuni). After spending the

214 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

winter as larvae they spin up during June, and the
perfect insects emerge in July.

The full-grown larva, which is under lin. in length,
has a flattened ventral surface and tapers a little towards
both extremities. The body is light green, the head
being darker and rough. On the fore-part of the body
are numerous extremely fine black points. The dorsal
stripe is of a darker green than the general colour,
with a stout paler green line down the centre of it
and a similar one still paler on each side. The sub-
dorsal line is pale green, and the spiracles are reddish,
while below them is a whitish line.

The pupa, which is about fin. in length, is, when it
has not long turned, similar in colouring and marking
to the larva, and very closely resembles the pupa of
H. actceon, but the beak projecting from the head is
shorter and less sharply-pointed than is that of the last
named.

The costal margin of the imago (Figs. 249 and 250) is
nearly straight. Near the anal angle of all the wings is a
concave hollowing of the margin most pronounced on the
hind-wings ; the fringe is pale. The ground-colour of the
upper surface is rich orange-brown sprinkled with black
scales on the hind-wings and at the base and hind-margin
of the fore-wings. Just inside the fringe is a distinct black
line. The male (Fig. 249) is distinguished from the female
(Fig. 250) by the black bar near the base of the fore-
wings. The under-surface is very plain, being greyish-
brown with a good sprinkling of black scales.

H. lineola, Och. (New Small Skipper) (Fig. 251), was,
in 1891, added to the list of British Butterflies. Before
that time it had been confused with H. thaumas, which it
very closely resembles, with which it usually flies, and with
whose time of appearance on the wing it almost or quite

HESPERIA LINEOLA.

215

coincides. It was already known to have a wide range in
Europe, extending from Scandinavia in the north to the
extreme south, and even beyond the Mediterranean into
North Africa.

With regard to localities, those at present known are
Leigh, Harwich, and Benfleet, Essex; Shoeburyness; South-
end; Fens of Huntingdon; Cambridgeshire; near Sudbury,
Suffolk ; as well as in Jersey.

Each female lays on an average at least thirty to forty
eggs, which she deposits in July or August inside the
sheath formed at the junction of the grass-blades with the
stem. The larvae appear in the middle of the following
April and feed on grass, a genus that they take to readily
being Triticum. Towards the end of June the pupal state

FIG. 251. HESPERIA LINEOLA.

FIG. 252. HESPERIA THAUMAS.

is assumed and lasts three weeks or rather less, the
imagines appearing about mid-July.

Mr. F. W. Hawes, to whose description of the early
stages of lineola in The Entomologist, xxv., p. 177, we
are indebted for the following, says that the larva is
yellowish-green, having a rather broad dorsal stripe of
darker green, which stripe is continued as a distinct
brown mark over the head to the mouth ; the head
has also two other marks, one on each side of the
central brown one. There are two thin subdorsal yellow
stripes, and a light line traverses each side just below the

2l6 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

spiracles; the segmental divisions are yellow, and the belly
and legs of a deeper and clearer green. It feeds at dusk,
and no doubt during the night, near the tops of the
blades of grass. The resemblance of the full-grown larva
to a grass-blade is very remarkable.

When full-fed the larva spins the grass stems together
low down by a network of white silk and changes to a
long yellowish-green pupa, in which the dorsal stripe of
the larva is retained.

By comparing lineola (Fig. 251) with thaumas (Fig. 252),
it will be seen that the bar on the upper surface of the
fore-wings of the male is in the former short, divided,
and usually indistinct ; while in the latter it is long,
curved, continuous, and very distinct ; that the under-
surface of the tip of the antennae is black in the former,
buff in the latter ; that the fulvous patch on the under-
surface of the hind-wings near the anal angle present in
thaumas is wanting in lineola^ and that the coloration of
the upper surface of lineola is much more suffused than
that of its congener.

H. actaeon, Rott. (Lulworth Skipper) (Figs. 253 to
256), is one of the most local of our butterflies, being
found only in certain spots along the south coast of
England, between Swanage and Sidmouth, the best-known
localities being Lulworth Cove, where the butterfly was first
discovered in 1832, and Burning Cliff, between that place
and Weymouth. It used sometimes to be very abundant
in detached sheltered spots facing south, but is probably
less common now than formerly. H. actczon is an active
little butterfly, very difficult to follow in its flight, but it
may often be taken in dull weather resting on teasles,
thistles, and brambles. Specimens for the cabinet ought
to be secured within a few hours at most after leaving
the chrysalis

HESPERIA ACTION.

217

The larva feeds on the Heath False Brome-grass
(Brachypodium pinnatuni), Couch-grass (Triticum repens),
and probably other grasses. It is full-fed about the end
of June, and the imagines come out about mid-July and
sometimes continue into September.

The full-grown larva (Fig/ 253) is between fin. and
i in. in length, and tapers somewhat to both extremities.

98

255
Male.

HESPERIA ACTION.

The head is large, brown at first, then paler; the colour
of the body is whitish-green, with a darker streak on
the back edged with yellow, and down the centre of
this streak is a pale line. A narrow yellow line
follows this on each side, and below that is a broader
one of the same colour. The spiracles are flesh-
coloured, and are contained in a pale streak.

2l8 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The pupa (Fig. 254) is fin. in length ; it is pointed in
front, while the anal extremity is flattened and furnished
with hooks. The tongue-case is free from the body.
The colouring resembles that of the larva, but as the
time approaches for the imago to appear it becomes
pinkish anteriorly, then purplish, while the dorsal surface
of the abdomen assumes a brownish colour. As the
change approaches more closely, the colours become
darker still.

The imagines (Figs. 255 and 256) very closely resemble
those of H. thaumas, but they are rather thickly sprinkled
with black scales, and there is a fan-like series of light
yellowish spots on the fore-wings.

H. sylvanus, Esper. (Large Skipper) (Figs. 257 to
261), is the largest member of the group, but except
by entomologists is probably seldom seen, owing to its
inconspicuous colouring and abrupt, jerky style of flight.
It is, however, pretty generally distributed throughout
England, especially in the south. It should be sought
for in grassy spots, by road-sides, and so on — particularly
near woods.

The eggs are laid in July, and the larvae come out in
the same month and feed on the Broad-leaved Hairy
Woodrush (Luzula pilosa) as well as on various grasses,
amongst them being Cock's-foot-grass (Dactylis glom-
erata\ Couch-grass (Triticum repens), and Soft-grass
(Holcus lanatus). The larvae make for themselves silken
hibernacula amongst the grass-blades in early autumn,
and in them pass the winter. They are full-fed in May,
and the imagines come out in that month or the next.

The larva (Fig. 257), which is of the shape common
to the group, is, when full-fed, over lin. in length and
bluish-green in colour, with a darker stripe down the
back and a light one in the spiracular region above the

HESPERIA SYLVANUS.

2I9

feet. The head is large and of a bright pinkish-brown
colour.

The pupa (Fig. 258), which is more than fin. in length,
is purplish-brown in colour, and is to be found enclosed
in a blade of grass, the edges of which have been drawn
together with silken threads. It has a prominent point

Male.

HESPERIA SYLVANUS.

at the anal extremity, and the end of the long tongue-
case is detached from the body.

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Figs. 259 to 261) is nearly straight, but possibly a little
concave ; the hind-margin of all the wings is rounded,
except near the anal angle of the hind-wings, where there

220 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

is a rather conspicuous concavity ; the fringe is pale yellow.
The ground-colour of the upper surface is a bright orange-
brown, edged with a considerable width of brown along
the hind-margin. The same colour is also found at the
base of the hind-wings and even of the fore-wings of
the female (Fig. 261), leaving the bright orange more or
less as a series of spots, except on the fore-wings of
the male, where there is a considerable patch of this
lighter colour, crossed by the black streak which distin-
guishes the male (Fig. 260) from the female. The
nervures are black. On the under-surface (Fig. 259) the
ground-colour is lighter and the markings are diffused.
There is a dark mark near the base of the fore-wings
in both sexes. The antennae are hooked.

H. comma, Linn. (Silver-spotted Skipper) (Figs. 262
to 264), closely resembles the last, but is more brightly
and distinctly marked, especially on the under-surface.
It is not nearly so common as H. sylvanus, being chiefly
restricted to the southern part of England. Its life-
history, too, is not well known.

The eggs are laid late in the summer and hatch about
March in the next year. The larvae are said to feed on
the Bird's-foot (Ornithopus perpusillus) and the Bird's-foot
Trefoil (Lotus corniculatus\ and possibly on other plants
of the order Leguminosa. The imago appears in July or
the next month.

It has been mentioned from the following counties
where it may sometimes occur abundantly : In the Mid-
lands, in Berks, Bucks, Derby, Gloucester, Northants and
Oxon ; in the east, in Cambridge, Hertford, and Kent ;
in the south, in Devon, Dorset, Hants, Wilts, Surrey, and
Sussex ; and in the North, in Yorkshire.

The margins of the imago (Figs. 262 to 264) are similar
in shape to those of H. sylvanus, except that the hollow

CARTEROCEPHALUS.

221

near the anal angle of the hind-wings may be a little
deeper ; the fringe is perhaps paler than in the last-named
butterfly. In general arrangement the ground-colour and
markings of H. comma resemble those of H. sylvanus,
but the contrast is greater and the spots are smaller,
so that the markings seem more distinct. There is
considerable difference however on the under-surface
(Fig. 262). H. comma has a much greyer ground-colour,

Male.

Female.

HESPERIA COMMA.

and is marked with very distinct, somewhat square
whitish spots. The black mark on the fore-wings dis-
tinguishes the male (Fig. 263) from the female (Fig. 264).
The antennae are hooked.

Carterocephalus, Laderer.

In Britain Carterocephalus is represented by one species
only.

222 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

C. palaemon, Pall., C. paniscus, Fabr. (Chequered
Skipper) (Figs. 265 and 266), is not a common butterfly,
its home being in a few eastern and east-midland counties
—Lincoln, Suffolk, Huntingdon, Northampton, Notting-
ham, and Oxford. It also occurs in the south, in
Hampshire, and has been reported from North Wales.

The eggs are laid and hatched in June. The larvae
feed on the Slender False Brome-grass (Brachypodiuvi
sylvaticum\ the Hairy Brome-grass (Bromus asper\ and
probably on other grasses also. The winter is passed

wlw

265 266

CARTEROCEPHALUS PAL^MON.

in the larval stage, the pupal state being taken in April
The perfect insects appear about May.

The larva (Fig. 265), which is over lin. in length when
full-grown, is pale bluish-green in colour, with several
longitudinal lines, many of them indistinct. The chief
lines are a darker green dorsal one with whitish edging,
then a bread paler green one, next a dark green one,
and then a whitish one. The head and second and
third segments have dark marks at first, but they
become green eventually. During hibernation the larva

CARTEROCEPHALUS PAL^MON. 223

becomes smaller, and loses much of the green from its
colouring.

The slender pupa is about fin. in length. It has a
sharp anterior spike, and a flat anal one bearing hooks.
In colour it is pale cream, with a narrow dark brown
dorsal line. Below this, on each side, are two rust-
coloured lines, and a third in the region of the spiracles.
The tongue-case is dark brown.

The costal margin of the fore-wings of the imago
(Fig. 266) is nearly straight, and the hind-margin convex.
The hind-margin of the hind-wings has the concavity
near the anal angle which is characteristic of all the
Skippers except the two already described ; the fringe is
brown. The antennae are curved at the tip, but not
hooked. The ground-colour of the upper surface is
nearly black. Besides a row of indistinct orange spots
near the hind-margin, there are about ten bright orange
spots of various shapes on each fore-wing and about
four on each hind-wing. The under-surface is richer
than the upper — the ground-colour is lighter, the spots
are more numerous, and many are edged with a fine
dark line.

CHAPTER VII.

COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR.

jS a help to the inexperienced collector the
following calendar has been drawn up, so
that he may always have at hand for refer-
ence a convenient list of the larvae, pupae,
and imagines that he may expect to meet
with on his excursions. It must be understood that
several of the names were included with a good deal of
reserve, but this will only spur on the genuine ento-
mologist to add new facts to those already known. In
consulting the calendar allowance must always be made
for the forwardness, or otherwise, of the season, as this
may make two or three weeks' difference in the time of
appearance of any particular insect, especially the early
ones. A further point to note is that eggs of .butterflies
that hibernate as imagines should not be sought for
till the spring.

January and February.

Butterfly-life is at a standstill during these months,
the winter being passed in a state of hibernation, which
may take place at either of the four stages — egg, larva,

COLLECTOR S CALENDAR.

225

pupa, or imago ; but, as far as each species is concerned,
the state in which the winter is passed is invariable,
though precocious individuals may sometimes outstrip
their fellows in development.

Thecla betulce
W-album
pruni
quercus

Lyccena agon
Hesperia lineola
comma

[Lyccena bcetica~\

Larvae.

Aporia cratcegi
Argynnis selene

euphrosyne

latona

aglaia

adippe

paphia
Melitcea aurinia

cinxia

athalia

Limenitis Sibylla
Apatura iris
Melanargia galatea
Erebia epiphron

cethiops
Pararge egeria

megcera
Satyrus semele

Papilio machaon
Leucophasia sinapis
Pieris brassicce

Pupae.

napi
daplidice

Epinephele ianira

tithonus

hyperanthes
Ccenonympha typhon

pamphilus
Polyommatus phlceas
Lyccena astrarche

icarus

bellargus

corydon

minima

arion

Nisoniades tages
Hesperia thaumas

actaon

sylvanus
Carterocephalus palcemon

Euchloe cardamines
Thecla rubi
Lyccena argiolus
Nemeobius lucina
Syrichthus malvce

226 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Imagines.

Colias hyale Vanessa urticce

edusa io

Gonopteryx rhamni antiopa

Vanessa C-album atalanta

polychloros cardui

[Danals erippus\

Nothing is known of the state of hibernation of Lyccena
aa'Sj while there is considerable doubt about that of
Hesperia comma, Pararge egeria, P. megcera, Ccenonympha
pamphilus^.Lyccena arion, Carterocephalus palcemon, Colias
hyale, and C, edusa.

Occasionally a few butterflies may be found on the
wing, having been deceived as to the time of the year
by an exceptionally warm and bright day. The butterflies
so deceived will belong to the group that hibernates in the
imago stage, or will be one of the common Whites, Pieris
brassicce, P. rapcz, or possibly P. napi, P. rapes being the
earliest of the three upon the wing.

March.

Though we are able to say that the winter's sleep of
the butterfly-world is beginning to get a little disturbed,
yet during March very few advances are made from the
state of affairs at the end of February. No new butter-
flies enter the pupa state (except, perhaps, Polyommatus
phlczas) ; but, should the weather be open, we may
expect some of the hibernating larvae to commence
feeding. Amongst them we might perhaps find Melitcea
aurinia, M. cinxia, M. athalia, Argynnis euphrosyne,
A. selene, Pararge egeria, P. megcera, Polyommatus phl&as,
and Theda rubi. Hesperia comma may be expected to
leave the egg this month.

COLLECTOR S CALENDAR.

227

The following imagines may possibly be seen, as
there are records of their having occurred during this
month or earlier : Pier is rapes, Gonopteryx rhamni,
Vanessa C-album, V. polychloros, V. urticcK, V. /"<?,
V. antiopa, and Lyccena argiolus.

April.

With the advent of April the work of the entomologist
commences in earnest, especially if the weather happens
to be genial.

Larvae.

Aporia crat&gi
Argynnis selene

euphrosyne

latona

aglaia

adippe

p aphia
M elites a aurinia

cinxia

athalia

L.imenitis Sibylla
Apatura iris
Melanargia galatea
Erebia epiphron

cethiops

Epinephele tithonus

hyperanthes
Ccenonympha typhon

pamphilus
Lyccena astrarche

icarus

bellargus

corydon

minima

arion

Nisoniades tages
Hesperia thaumas

lineola

actcBon

sylvanus

comma
Carter ocephalus palcemon

Pararge meg&ra
Satyr us semele
Epinephele ianira

Of the above-named butterfly-larvae many will be
feeding, though a few will usually wait a week or two
longer before trusting our uncertain climate.

Papilio machaon
Pieris brassica*

rapce

napi

Pupae.

Pieris daplidice
Euchloe cardamines
Leucophasia sinapis
Argynnis euphrosyne
Q 2

228

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

PUPJE — continued.

Melitcea aurinia

cinxia
Pararge egeria

megara
Thecla rubi
Lyccena astrarche

Pieris brassica

rapes

napi

Euchloe cardamines
Leucophasia sinapis
Gonopteryx rhamni
Argynnis euphrosyne
Vanessa C-album

polychloros

urticce

Lyccena argiolus
Nemeobius lucina
Syrichthus malvce
Nisoniades tages
Carterocephalus palcemon

Imagines.

Vanessa to

antiopa

atalanta

cardui

Pararge egeria
Thecla rubi
Polyommatus phlceas
Lycana argiolus
Syrichthus malvcs
Nisoniades tages

The number of species observed will depend very
greatly on the forwardness of the season.

May.

During this and the next three or four months the
entomologist will have his hands fully occupied. He may
be expected to find the following :

Larvae.

Aporia cratcegi
Pieris brassicte

napi

daplidice

Euchloe cardamines
Gonopteryx rhamni
Argynnis selene

latona

aglaia

Argynnis adippe

paphia
Melit&a aurinia

cinxia

athalia
Vanessa C-album

urticce

Limenitis sibylla
Apatura iris

COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR.

229

— continued.

Melanargia galatea
Erebia epiphron

cethiops

Satyrus semele
Epinephele ianira

tithonus

hyperanthes
Ccenonympha typhon

pamphilus
Thecla betulce

W-album

pruni

Papilio machaon
Aporia cratcegi
Leucophasia sinapis
Argynnis selene

euphrosyne
MelitcBa aurinia

cinxia

Erebia epiphron
Pararge megcera
Epinephele ianira

Pupae.

Thecla quercus
Polyommatus phlceas
Lyccena cegon

icarus

corydon

minima
Hesperia thaumas

lineola

actceon

sylvanus

comma

Ccenonympha typhon
Thecla rubi
Lyccena astrarche

icarus

bellargus

corydon

Nemeobius lucina
Hesperia sylvanus
Carterocephalus pal&mon

Imagines.

Papilio machaon
Pieris brassica

rapce

napi

daplidice

Euchloe cardamines
Leucophasia sinapis
Colzas hyale

edusa

Gonopteryx rhamni
Argynnis selene

euphrosyne

Melit&a aurinia

cinxia

athalia
Vanessa C-album

polychloros

urticce

io

antiopa

atalanta

cardui
Pararge egeria

megtzra

230

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

IMAGINES — continued.

Ccenonympha typkon

pamphilus
Thecla rubi
Polyommatus phlceas
Lyccena argiades

astrarche

icarus

Lycczna bellargus

argiolus

semiargus
Syrichthus malvce
Nisoniades tages
Carterocephalus palczmon

June.

Larvae.

Papilio machaon
Pieris brassicce

rapce

ndpi

daplidice

Euchloe cardamines
Leucophasia sinapis
Colzas hyale

edusa

Gonopteryx rhamni
Argynnis euphrosyne

latona

aglaia

adippe

paphia
Melitaa aurinia

cinxia

athalia
Vanessa C-album

polychloros

urticcs

to

antiopa

atalanta

cardui

Limenitis Sibylla
Apatura iris

Melanargia galatea
Erebia czthiops
Pararge egeria

megcera
Satyrus semele
Epinephele tithonus

hyperanthes

Ccenonympha pamphilus
TJiecla betulce
W-album

pruni

quercus

rubi

Polyommatus phlceas
Lycana cegon

bellargus

corydon

argiolus

Nemeobius lucina
Syrichthus malva
Nisoniades tages
Hesperia thaumas

lineola

actceon

comma
Carterocephalus palcemon

COLLECTOR S CALENDAR.

23I

Pupae.

Aporia cratagi
Pieris brassiccs

nap i

Gonopteryx rhamni
Argynnis latona

aaip

paphia
Melitcea aurinia

cinxia

Vanessa C-album
Limenitis sibylla
Apatura iris
Melanargia galatea
Erebia epiphron

cethiops

Satyrus semele
Epinephele ianira

tithonus

Papilio machaon
Aporia crat&gi
Pieris brassiccs

rapes

napi

Euchloe cardamines
Leucophasia sinapis
Colzas hyale

edusa

Gonopteryx rhamni
Argynnis selene

euphrosyne

paphia
Melitcea aurinia

cinxia

athalia
Vanessa C- album

urticcz

Epinephele hyperanthes
Ccenonympha typhon

pamphilus
Thecla betulce

W-album

pruni

quercus

Polyommatus phlceas
Lyccena agon

corydon

argiolus

minima

Nemeobius lucina
Hesperia thaumas

lineola

actceon

sylvanus

comma

Imagines.

Vanessa io

atalanta

cardui

Limenitis sibylla
Erebia epiphron
Pararge megcera
Satyrus semele
Epinephele ianira
Ccenonympha typhon

pamphilus
Thecla tV-album

pruni

rubi

Polyommatus phl&as
Lycana argiades

astrarche

icarus

bellargus

232

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

IMAGINES— continued.

Lyccena argiolus
semiargus
minima
arion

Nemeobius lucina

Syrichthus malvce
Nisoniades tages
Hesperia sylvanus

comma (?)
Carterocephalus palcemon

July.
Larvae.

Aporia cratcegi
Pieris brassiccs

rapes

napi

Euchloe cardamines
Colias hyale

edusa
Argynnis selene

euphrosyne
Melitcea aurinia

cinxia

athalia
Vanessa C-album

polychloros

urticce

io

Papilio machaon
Pieris brassicce

rapes

napi

daplidice

Euchloe cardamines
Leucophasia sinapis
Colias hyale

edusa

Gonopteryx rhamni
Argynnis latona

Pupae.

Vanessa antiopa

atalanta

cardui
Pararge egeria

megcera
Ccenonympha typhon

pamphihis
Thecla rubi
Lyccena astrarche

icarus

mini?na

Nemeobius lucina
Syrichthus malvce
Nisoniades tages
Hesperia sylvanus
Carterocephalus palcemon

Argynnis aglaia

adippe
Vanessa C-album

polychloros

urticce

io

antiopa

atalanta

cardui

Limenitis sibylla
Apatura iris

COLLECTOR S CALENDAR.

233

— continued.

Melanargia galatea
Erebia cethiops
Pararge egeria

megcera
Satyrus semele
Epinephele hyperanthes
Ccenonympha pamphilus
Theda betula

W-album

quercus

rubi

Lyccena agon

astrarche

bellargus

corydon

argiolus

Nisoniades tages
Hesperia thaumas

lineola

actcson

comma

Imagines.

Papilio machaon
Aporia cratcegi
Pieris brassiccs

rapa

napi

daplidice

Leucophasia sinapis
•Gonopteryx rhamni
Argynnis latona

aglaia

adippe

paphia

Melitcsa athalia
Vanessa C-album

polychloros

urticce

io

Limenitis sibylla
Apatura iris
Melanargia galatea
JErebia epiphron

cethiops

Pararge egeria
Satyrus semele
Epinephele ianira

Epinephele tithonus

hyperanthes
Ccenonympha typhon

pamphilus
Thecla betulce

W-album

pruni

quercus

rubi

Polyommatus phlccas
Lyccena argiades

ccgon

icarus

corydon

argiolus

semiargus

minima

arion

Syrichthus malvce
Hesperia thaumas

lineola

actceon

sylvanus

234

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

August.

Larvae.

Papilio machaon
Aporia cratcsgi
Pieris brassicce

napi
daplidice (?)
Leucophasia sinapis
Argynnis selene
euphrosyne
latona

aglaia
adippe
paphia
Melitaa aurinia

cinxia

athalia

Vanessa C-album

atalanta

cardui

Papilio machaon
Pieris napi

daplidice

Euchloe cardamines
Vanessa polychloros

urticce

to

Papilio machaon
Aporia cratccgi
Pieris brassicce

rapes

napi

daplidice

Leucophasia sinapis
Colzas hyale

Pupae.

Limenitis Sibylla
Apatura iris
Satyrus scmele
Epinephele ianira

tithonus

hyperanthes
Ccenonympha typhon

pamphilus
Polyommatus phlceas
Lyccena astrarche

icarus

argiolus

minima

Nemeobius lucina
Syrichthus malvce
Hesperia thaumas

sylvanus
Carterocephalus palcemon

Vanessa atalanta

cardui

Ccenonympha pamphilus
Thecla rubi
Lyccena icarus

bellargus

Imagines.

Colias edusa
Gonopteryx rhamni
Argynnis latona

aglaia

adippe

paphia
Vanessa C-album

polychloros

COLLECTOR'S CALENDAR. 235

IMAGINES — continued.

Vanessa urticce Thecla betulce

io TV-album

antiopa quercus

atalanta Polyommatus phlceas

cardui Lyccena bcetica

Limenitis Sibylla argiades

Apatura iris cegon

Melanargia galatea astrarche

Erebia epiphron icarus

(zthiops bellargus

Pararge egeria corydon

megczra argiolus

Satyrus semele semiargus

Epinephele ianira Nisoniades tages

tithonus Hesperia lineola

hyperanthes actceon

Ccenonympha typhon sylvanus

pamphilus . comma

September.

Larvae.

(Some will have commenced hibernation.)

Aporia cratcegi Melitcea aurinia

Pieris brassier cinxia

rapcz athalia

napi Vanessa atalanta

daplidice Limenitis Sibylla

Leucophasia sinapis Apatura iris

Colias hyale Melanargia galatea

edusa Erebia epiphron

Argynnis selene cethiops

euphrosyne Pararge egeria

latona megcera

aglaia Satyrus semele

adippe Epinephele ianira

paphia tithonus

236

THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

LARVAE — continued*

Epinephele hyperanthes Lycczna argiolus
Ccenonympha typhon minima

pamphilus Nemeobius lucina

Polyommatus phlceas Syrichthus malva

Lyc&na astrarche Nisoniades tages

icarus Hesperia thaumas
bellargus sylvanus

corydon Carterocephalus palcemon

Papilio machaon
Pieris brassiccs

rapcB

napi

daplidice

Euchloe cardamines
Leucophasia sinapis
Vanessa C-album

Papilio machaon
Pieris daplidice
Colias hyale

edusa

Gonopteryx rhamni
Argynnis latona
Vanessa C-album

polychloros

urticcE

io

antiopa

atalanta

cardui
Danais erippus

Pupae.

Vanessa urticce

atalanta
Thecla rubi
Polyommatus phlceas
Lyccsna argiolus
Nemeobius lucina
Syrichthus malvce

I magines.

Pararge egeria

megtzra
Satyrus semele
Epinephele tithonus
Ccenonympha pamphilus
Thecla betulce
Polyommatus phlceas
Lyccena bcetica

icarus

bellargus

corydon

argiolus
Hesperia action (?)

comma (?)

October.

The butterfly-collector's season is rapidly drawing to a
close; but if the autumn is fine and warm he may still
do a little further work.

COLLECTOR S CALENDAR.

237

Larvae.

Some of the following will be feeding, though most,
if not all, that hibernate at this stage will be already laid
up for the winter :

Aporia cratcegi
Pieris brassica

rapes

Leucophasia sinapis
Colias hyale

edusa
Argynnis selene

euphrosyne

latona

aglaia

adippe

Melitcea aurinia

cinxia

athalia

Limenitis sibylla
Apatura iris
Melanargia galatea
Erebia epiphron

cethiops

Pararge egeria

megcera
Satyrus semele
Epinephele ianira

tithonus

hyperanthes
Ccenonympha typhon

pamphilus
Polyommatus phlceas
Lycaena astrarche

icarus

bellargus

corydon

argiolus

minima

Nisoniades tages
Hesperia thaumas

sylvanus
Carterocephalus palcemon

Pupae.

The following may be sought for :

Papilio machaon
Pieris brassicce

rapes

napi

daplidice

Leucophasia sinapis
Euchloe cardamines

Colias hyale

edusa

Theda rubi
Nemeobius lucina
Lyccena argiolus
Syrichthus malvce

Imagines.

Though the season is now so far advanced, it is possible
that some of the species named may be found.

238 THE BOOK OF BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

IMAGINES — continued.

Colzas hyale Vanessa antiopa

edusa atalanta

Gonopteryx rhamni cardui

Argynnis latona Thee la betulce

Vanessa C-album Polyommatus phlceas

polychloros Lyc&na bcetica
urticce icarus

io bellargus

November.

Few signs of butterfly -life are apparent during this
and the next three months. If the weather remains open
one or two larvae may not quite have ceased feeding,
the most likely being perhaps, Pieris brassiccz^ P. rapce, and
Leucophasia sinapis^ while an occasional imago of one
of the species that hibernate at that stage may be found
upon the wing. A list of the hibernating larvae, pupae,
and imagines will be found at the commencement of
this chapter under the heading January and February.

December.

All species are hibernating, as in January and February.

GENERAL INDEX.

A.

Adonis Blue, 193
"Animal," Definition of, I
Antennae of Butterflies and

Moths, 3, 4
Anthocharis, 56

cardamines, 56
Anthriscus syivestris, 57
Aiitiopa-year, 112
Apatura, 125

iris, 125
Aporia, 39

crataegi, 40

crataegi extinct, 40
Argynnis, 74, 75

adippe, 85

adippe var. cleodoxa, 88

aglaia, 82

dia, 75

euphrosyne, 77

latona, 80

niobe, 75

paphia, 88

paphia var. valezina, 91

selene, 75
Arran Brown, 133
Arrangement of Butterflies in the

Cabinet or Cases, 28
Arthropoda, 2
Azure Blue, 197

B.

Bath White, 53
Bedford Blue, 201
Black Hairstreak, 167, 170
Black-veined Brown, 130

White, 40
Blues, the, 181
Breeding Butterflies, 12
Breeding-cages, 13
Brimstone Butterfly, 70
Brown Argus, 188

Hairstreak, 165
Browns, the, 132
Butterflies and Sunshine, 48

In the Cabinet, 24

Migrating, 48, 54
Butterfly, Definition of, 3
Butterfly-hunting, 7

Suitable Weather for, 7

Time of Day for, 7
Butterfly-net, 8
Butterfly's Place in Nature, I

Position among Animals,
Synopsis of, 5

C.

Cabbage White, 45
Calendar, Collectors, 224

240

INDEX.

Camphor as a Mite Preventative,

25

Camberwell Beauty, 112
Carterocephalus, 221

palsemon, 222

paniscus, 222
Castle Eden Argus, 190
Chalk-hill Blue, 195
Chequered Skipper, 222

White, 53
Chortobius, 157

Chrysalis, Meaning of Term, 101
Clifden Blue, 193
Clouded Saffron, 67

Sulphur, 65

Yellows,. 63, 67
Ccenonympha, 157

davus, 158

pamphilus, 160

typhon, 158

typhon var. philoxenus, 160

typhon var. rothliebii, 160
Colias, 63

Capricious Appearance of, 65

edusa, 67

edusa var. helice, 70

Hibernation of, 64

hyale, 65
Collecting-box, 12
Collector's Calendar, 224

January, 224

February, 224

March, '226

April, 227

May, 228

June, 230

July, 232

August, 234

September, 235

October, 236

November, 238

December, 238
Comma Butterfly, 102
Common Blue, 191

Copper, 179

Continental Large Copper, 176
Coppers, the, 176
Cossus ligniperda, Trees affected
by Larvae of, visited by
Antiopa, 113
Cyanide-bottle, how to make, n

D.

Danais, 1 30

erippus, 130

Dark Green Fritillary, 82
Dark Hairstreak, 170
Dartford Blue, 193
Dingy Skipper, 4, 211
Distinction between Butterflies

and Moths, 3
Drying Butterflies, 20
Duke of Burgundy Fritillary, 74,

205
Durham Argus, 190

E.

Edusa-year, 67
Egg of Butterfly, 6
Elm Butterfly, 105
Entomological pins, 17
Epinephele, 149

hero, 133

hyperanthes, 155

ianira, 149

tithonus, 153
Erebia, 136

sethiops, 138

blandina, 138

cassiope, 136

epiphron, 136

ligea, 133

medea, 138
Erycinidae, 31, 205
Euchloe, 56

cardamines, 56

cardamines, Second Brood, 57

F.

Families of British Butterflies, 29
Foes of Butterflies, 25
Folding Ring-net, 9
Food-plants, see Special Index
Fritillaries, the, 74

G.

Garden White, 45
Gatekeeper, 143, 153

INDEX.

241

Glanville Fritillary, 94
Goatmoth, Trees affected by
Larvae of, visited by
Antiopa, 113
Golden Copper, 176
Gonopteryx, 70

cleopatra, 73

rhamni, 70
Grayling, 146
Grease, Cure of, 27
Greasy Fritillary, 92
Green Hairstreak, 174
Green- veined White, 51
Grizzled Skipper, 209

H.

Hairstreaks, the, 164
Heath Fritillary, 96
Hesperia, 212

actseon, 216

comma, 220

linea, 213

lineola, 214

sylvanus, 218

thaumas, 213
Hesperiidse, 31, 208

Synopsis of Species in, 209
Heterocera, 3
Hibernation of Colias, 64
High Brown Fritillaiy, 85
Hipparchia, 146
Holly Blue, 197

I.

Ichneumon Fly, 44, 92, 95
Imago of Butterfly, 7
Insect-cabinets, 24
Insect, Definition of, 2
Insecta, the, 3
Invertebrata, 2

Irregular Appearance of Vanessa
cardui, 118

K.
Killing a Butterfly, Method of, 1 1

L.

Large Blue, 203

Copper, 176

Copper, High Prices realised
for, 176

Garden White, 45

Heath, 153

Skipper, 218

Tortoiseshell, 105

White, 45

Larva of Butterfly, 6
Latona-year, 8 1
Least Meadow Brown, 160
Lepidoptera, 3
Leucophasia, 61

sinapis, 61

sinapis on the Wing, 61
Life-history of a Butterfly, 6
Limenitis, 121

sibylla, 121

List of British Butterflies, 29
Little Blue, 201
Localities for Butterflies in

General, 8

Long-tailed Blue, 183
Lulworth Skipper, 216
Lycaena, 181

acis, 200

adonis, 193

aegon, 185

agestis, 188

alexis, 191

alsus, 20 1

argiades, 185

argiolus, 197

arion, 203

astrarche, 188

astrarche var. artaxerxes,
190

astrarche var. salmacis, 190

baetica, 183

bellargus, 193

corydon, 195

icarus, 191

idas, 1 88

medon, 188

minima, 201

semiargus, 200

Synopsis of Species of, 182
Lycaenidae, 30

242

INDEX.

M.

Marbled White, 133
Marsh Fritillary, 92

Ringlet, 158
Mazarine Blue, 200
Meadow Brown, 149
Means of Defence in Larva, 36
Melanargia, 133

galatea, 133
Melitsea, 74, 75, 91

artemis, 92

athalia, 96

aurinia, 92

cinxia, 94

Mercuric Chloride as a Preserva-
tive against Mites and
Mould, 27

Metamorphoses of Insects, 2, 6
Microgaster, 92

Migration of Argynnis latona, 80
Mites, 25
Mould, 26
Mountain Ringlet, 136

N.

Naphthalene, in preference to
Camphor as a Preservative,

25
Nemeobius, 205

lucina, 74, 205
Net, Method of using, 10
New Small Skipper, 214
Niobe Fritillary, 75
Nisoniades, 211

tages, 4, 211
Northern Brown, 138
Note-making, 14

Scheme for, 15
Nymphalidae, 29, 74

O.

Orange-tip, 56

P.

Painted Lady, 118
Pale Clouded Yellow, 65

Pale-margined Specimens of

Vanessa antiopa, 1 1 5
Papilio, 35

machaon, 35

podalirius, 35
Papilionidae, 29, 35
Pararge, 141

egeria, 141

megsera, 143
Parasites, 44
Peacock, no
Pea-pod Argus, 183
Pearl-bordered Fritillary, 77

Likeness Fritillary, 96
Pieris, 43

brassicae, 45

daplidice, 53

metra, 49

napi, 51

rapae, 48

rapse in Canada, 48
Polyommatus, 176

dispar, 176

phlceas, 179

rutilus, 176

virgaurese, 176
Precautions to be observed in

Drying Butterflies, 20
Preservation of Butterfly Colours,

24
Protective Resemblance, 57, 95,

100, 134, 148, 150
Pupa of Butterfly, 7
Purple Emperor, 125

Queen of Spain Fritillary, 80

R.

Red Admiral, 116
Relaxing-box, 12
Relaxing Butterflies, 22
Resting Position of Butterfly, 4
Rhopalocera, 3
Ringlet, the, 155
Ringlets, the, 132
Rock-eyed Underwing, 146

INDEX.

243

s.

Satyrus, 146

semele, 146

Scarce Swallow-tail, 36
Scientific Names, Advantage of,

28
Scotch Argus, 138

Brown Argus, 190
Setting-boards, Types of, 16
Setting Butterflies, 16

Continental Method of, 17
Setting-needles, 18
Short-tailed Blue, 185
41 Silver-bug," Larva of Vanessa

C-album, 103

Silver-spotted Skipper, 220
Silver-studded Blue, 185
Silver-washed Fritillary, 88
Skipper, Method of Killing,

210

Skippers, 4, 208
Sleeping-places of Butterflies, 8
Small Copper, 179

Garden White, 48

Heath, 160

Meadow Brown, 153

Pearl- bordered Fritillary, 75

Ringlet, 136, 158

Skipper, 213

Tortoiseshell, 107

White, 48
Speckled Wall Butterfly, 143

Wood Butterfly, 141
Store-cases, 25
Swallow-tail, 36
Syrichthus, 209

alveolus, 209

malvse, 209

malvae var. lavaterae, 211

T.

Terms descriptive of Larva, Pupa,

and Imago, 31
Thanaos, 211
Thecla, 164

betulae, 165

pruni, 170

quercus, 172

rubi, 174

W-album, 167

V.

Vanessa, 99

antiopa, 112

atalanta, 116

C-album, 102

cardui, 118

cardui, Irregular Appearance
of, 118

io, no

polychloros, 105

urticae, 107
Vertebrata, 2

W.

Wall Butterfly, 143
Weaver's Fritillary, 75
White Admiral, 121
White-letter Hairstreak, 167 .
Wood Argus, 141

Lady, 141

Ringlet, 155

White, 6 1

Y.

Yellow Variety of Pieris rapse, 43

INDEX OF FOOD-PLANTS.

A.

Alder Buckthorn, 197
Anthyllis vulneraria, 195, 202
Aspen, 105

B.

Barbarea praecox, 51

vulgaris, 58
Betula alba, 113, 165
Birch, 114, 165
Bird's-foot, 186, 200

Trefoil, 62, 191, 195, 211,

220

Borage, 81
Borago officinalis, 8 1
Brachypodiujn pinnatum, 217

sylvaticum, 213, 222
Bramble, 174, 210
Brassica Napus, 51
Broad-leaved Dock, 180

Plantain, 96
Bromus asper, 222
Broom, 174
Buckthorn, 71

C.

Cabbages, 45, 49
Cardamine pratensis, 58

Carrot, Wild, 36
Charlock, 58
Cherry, 105
Clover, 64, 195
Cock's-foot-grass, 218
Common Elm, 168

Fennel, 36

Furze, 186

Mallow, 119

Nettle, 102, 108, no, 114,
116, 119

Pear, 105

Rock Rose, 188

Sorrel, 180

Cornus sanguinea, 197
Cotton-grass, 158
Couch-grass, 217, 218
Cowslip, 206
Cowwheat, 98
Crataegus Oxyacantha, 40
Cuckoo-flower, 58
Cytisus scoparius, 174

D.

Dactylis glomerata, 218
Daucus Carota, 36
Devil's-bit Scabious, 93
Digitalis purpurea, 93, 98
Dog Violet, 76, 78, 81, 82, 85, 90

INDEX.

245

Dogwood, 197
Dyer's Weed, 174

E.

Early Winter Cress, 51
Elm, 105
Eriophorum, 158
Erodium cicutarium, 188
Erysimum cheiranthoides, 58
Euonymus europaeus, 197

F.

Fiddle-dock, 180
Field-pea, 184
Field Scabious, 93
Flixweed, 55, 58
Fceniculum vulgare, 36
Foxglove, 93, 98
Fragaria vesca, 210

G.

Garlic Mustard, 51, 58
Genista tinctoria, 174
Germander Speedwell, 98
Goat Willow, or Sallow, 128
Grasses, 133
Great Periwinkle, 130
Water Dock, 177

H.

Hairy Brome-grass, 222

Woodrush, 218
Hawthorn, 40
Heath, 98

False Brome-grass, 217
Hedera Helix, 197
Hedge Mustard, 58
Helianthemum vulgare, 188
Hemlock Stork's-bill, 188
Hippocrepis comosa, 193
Holcus lanatus, 213, 218
Holly, 197
Honeysuckle, 93, 122

Hop, 1 02

Trefoil, 63
Horseradish, 58
Horseshoe- vetch, 193

Ilex Aquifolium, 197
Ivy, 197

K.

Kidney Vetch, 195, 202
Knautia arvensis, 93

L.

Lathyrus macrorhizus, 63
Lesser Periwinkle, 130
London Rocket, 58
Lonicera Periclymenum, 122
Lotus corniculatus, 62, 191, 195,

211, 220

major, 185
Lucerne, 64
Luzula pilosa, 218

M.

Malva moschata, 210

sylvestris, 119
Marsh Hog's Fennel, 36
Meadow Soft-grass, 213, 218
Medicago lupulina, 64

sativa, 64

Melampyrum pratense, 98
Mignonette (odorous), 49

Wild, 55
Musk Mallow, 210

N.

Narrow-leaved Bird's-foot Tre-
foil, 185

Plantain, 93, 94, 96
Nasturtium officinale, 51
Nasturtiums, 45, 49

246

INDEX.

Nerium, 130
Nonsuch, 64

O.

Oak, 128, 172
Oleander, 130
Onobrychis sativa, 81
Ononis arvensis, 191

spinosa, 191
Ornithopus perpusillus, 186, 220

P.

Pansy, Wild, 81, 85
Parietaria officinalis, 116
Pellitory-of- the- Wall, 116
Penny Cress, 58
Peucedanum palustre, 36
Plantago lanceolata, 93, 94, 96

major, 96
Poplar, 128
Populus tremula, 105
Potentilla Fragariastrum, 210
Primrose, 206
Primula veris, 206

vulgaris, 206
Prunus cerasus, 105

spinosa, 40, 165, 170
Pyrus Aria, 105

communis, 105

Q.

•Quercus Robur, 172

R.

Rape, 51

Raspberry, 90, 210
Red Currant, 102
Reseda lutea, 55

luteola, 55
Rest-harrow, 191
Rhamnus catharticus, 71

Frangula, 71, 197
Rhynchospora alba, 158
Ribes rubrum, 102

Rubus fruticosus, 174, 210
Idseus, 210

Rumex Acetosa, 180
Acetosella, 180
Hydrolapathum, 177
obtusifolius, 1 80
pulcher, 180

S.

Sainfoin, 81
Salix, 105

alba, 113

Caprea, 128
Sallow, 105
Scabiosa succisa, 93
Sheep's Sorrel, 180
Sinapis arvensis, 58
Sisymbrium alliaria, 51, 58

Irio, 58

officinale, 58

Sophia, 55, 58
Slender False Brome-grass, 213,

222

Sloe, 40, 165, 170
Small Nettle, 108
Spindle-tree, 197
Strawberry, Wild, 210
Strawberry-leaved Potentilla,

210
Sweet Violet, 81, 82, 85, 90

T.

Teucrium Scorodonia, 96
Thlaspi arvense, 58
Thyme, Wild, 203
Thymus serpyllum, 203
Tower Mustard, 58
Treacle Mustard, 58
Trefoil, 195
Trifolium, 195

pratense, 64

procumbens, 63

repens, 64
Triticum, 215

repens, 217, 218
Tropaeolums, 45
Tuberous Bitter Vetch, 63

INDEX.

247

Tufted Vetch, 62
Turritis glabra, 58

U.

Ulex europaeus, 186
Ulmus, 105

campestris, 168

montana, 168

Urtica dioica, 102, 108, no, 114,
116, 119

urens, 108

V.

Veronica Chamaedrys,
Vicia Cracca, 62
Vinca major, 130
minor, 130

Viola canina, 76, 78, 81, 82, 85,

90

odorata, 81, 82, 85, 90
tricolor, 8 1, 85

W.

Watercress, 5!

White Beak-rush, 158
Beam-tree, 105
Willow, 114

Wild Carrot, 36
Mignonette, 55
Pansy, 81, 85
Strawberry, 210
Thyme, 203

Willow, 105

Winter Cress, 58

Wood Sage, 96

Wych Elm, 168

FOR

Exchanging,
Selling,

Buying

TIER FLIES,

OR THEIR

OR LARVAE,

OR

ENTOMOLOGICAL APPARATUS

OF ANY KIND,

There is no better medium than

jeycbange anfc fIDart.

ESTABLISHED 2 5 YEARS.

Price 2d., of all Newsagents.
OFFICE;:

170, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.

Catalogue of Practical Handbooks
Published by L. Upcott Gill, 170,
Strand, London, W.C.

American Dainties, and How to Prepare Them. By an AMERICAN LADY
In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Angler, Book of the All-Round. A Comprehensive Treatise on Angling
in both Fresh and Salt Water. In Four Divisions as named below. By
JOHN BICKERDYKE. With over 220 Engravings. In cloth, price 5s. bd.t by
post 5s. lOd. Z^

Angling for Coarse Fish. Bottom Fishing, according to '.me
Methods in use on the Thames, Trent, Norfolk Broads, and elsewhere.
Illustrated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Angling for Pike. The most approved Methods of Fishing for Pike
or Jack. New Edition, revised and enlarged. Profusely Illustrated. In
paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. ; cloth, 2s. (uncut), by post 2s. 3d. <

Angling for Game Fish. The Various Methods of Fishing for
Salmon ; Moorland, Chalk-stream, and Thames Trout ; Grayling and Char.
Well Illustrated. In paper, price Is. 6d., by post Is. 9d.

Angling in Salt Water. Sea Fishing with Rod and Line, from the
Shore, Piers, Jetties, Rocks, and from Boats ; together with Some Account
of Hand-Lining. Over 50 Engravings. In paper, price Is., by post, Is. 2d. ;
cloth, 2s. (uncut), by post 2s. 3d.

Angler, The Modern. A Practical Handbook on all Kinds of Angling. By
" OTTER." Well illustrated. New Edition. In cloth, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 9d.

Aquaria, Book of. A Practical Guide to the Construction, Arrangement,
and Management of Freshwater and Marine Aquaria; containing Full
Information as to the Plants, Weeds, Fish, Molluscs, Insects, &c., How and
Where to Obtain Them, and How to Keep Them in Health. Illustrated. By
REV. GREGORY C. BATEMAN, A.K.C., and REGINALD A. R. BENNETT, B.A.
In cloth gilt, price 5s. bd., by post 5s. lOd.

Aquaria, Freshwater: Their Construction, Arrangement, Stocking, and
Management. Fully Illustrated. By REV. G. C. BATEMAN, A.K.C. In
cloth gilt, price 3s. bd., by post 3s. IQd.

Aquaria, Marine: Their Construction, Arrangement, and Management.
Fully Illustrated. By R. A. R. BENNETT, B.A. In cloth gilt, price 2s. bd.,
by post 2s. Bd.

Australia, Shall I Try? A Guide to the Australian Colonies for the
Emigrant Settler and Business Man. With two Illustrations. By GEORGE
LACON JAMES. In cloth gilt, price 3s. bd., by post 3s. lOd.

Autograph Collecting: A Practical Manual for Amateurs and Historical
Students, containing ample information on the Selection and Arrangement
of Autographs, the Detection of Forged Specimens, &c., &c., to which are
added numerous Facsimiles for Study and Reference, and an extensive
Valuation Table of Autographs worth Collecting. By HENRY T. SCOTT,
M.D., L.R.C.P., &c. In leatherette gilt, price Is. bd. nett, by post 7s. 10<Z.

Bazaars and Fancy Fairs: Their Organization and Management. A
Secretary's Vade Mecum. By JOHN MUIR. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Bees and Bee-Keeping: Scientific and Practical. By F. R. CHESHIRE,
F.L.S., F.R.M.S., Lecturer on Apiculture at South Kensington. In two vols.,
doth gilt, price 16s., by post 16s. bd.

Vol. I.9 Scientific. A complete Treatise on the Anatomy and Physio-
logy of the Hive Bee. In cloth gilt, price 7s. bd., by post 7s. IQd.

Vol. II., Practical Management of Bees* An Exhaustive Treatise
on Advanced Bee Culture. In cloth gilt, price 8s. bd., by post 8s. lid.

Bee-Keeping, Book of. A very practical and Complete Manual on the Proper
Management of Bees, especially written for Beginners and Amateurs who have
but a few Hives. Fully Illustrated. By W. B. WEBSTER, First-class Expert,
B.B.K.A. In paper, price Is., by post I 2d. ; cloth, Is. bd., by post Is. 8d.

190 C 7/98

2 Published by L. UPCOTT GILL,

Begonia Culture, for Amateurs and Professionals. Containing Full Directions
for the Successful Cultivation of the Begonia, under Glass and in the Open
Air. Illustrated. By B. C. RAVENSCROFT. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Bent Iron Work: A Practical Manual of Instruction for Amateurs in the
Art and Craft of Making and Ornamenting Light Articles in imitation of the
beautiful Mediaeval and Italian Wrought Iron Work. By F. J. ERSKINE.
Illustrated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Birds, British, for the Cage and Aviary. Illustrated. By DR. W. T.
GREENE. [In the press.

Boat Building and Sailing, Practical. Containing Full Instructions for
Designing and Building Punts, Skiffs, Canoes, Sailing Boats, &c. Particulars
of the most suitable Sailing Boats and Yachts for Amateurs, and Instructions
for their Proper Handling. Fully Illustrated with Designs and Working
Diagrams. By ADRIAN NEISON, C.E., DIXON KEMP, A.I.N.A., and G.
CHRISTOPHER DAVIES. In one vol., cloth gilt, price Is. bd., by post Is. IQd.

Boat Building for Amateurs, Practical. Containing Full Instructions
for Designing and Building Punts, Skiffs, Canoes, Sailing Boats, &c. Fully
Illustrated with Working Diagrams. By ADRIAN NEISON, C.E. Second
Edition, Revised and Enlarged by DIXON KEMP, Author of "Yacht
Designing," "A Manual of Yacht and Boat Sailing," &c. In cloth gilt, price
2s. 6d. by post 2s. Qd.

Boat Sailing for Amateurs, Practical. Containing Particulars of the
most Suitable Sailing Boats and Yachts for Amateurs, and Instructions
for their Proper Handling, &c. Illustrated with numerous Diagrams. By
G. CHRISTOPHER DAVIES. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged, and with
several New Plans of Yachts. In cloth gilt, price 5s., by post 5s. 4d.

Bookbinding for Amateurs : Being Descriptions of the various Tools and
Appliances Required, and Minute Instructions for their Effective Use. By
W. J. E. CRANE. Illustrated with 156 Engravings. In cloth gilt, price 2s. bd.,
by post 2s. 9(2.

Bulb Culture, Popular. A Practical and Handy Guide to the Successful
Cultivation of Bulbous Plants, both in the Open and under Glass. By W. D.
DRURY. Fully Illustrated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Bunkum Entertainments: A Collection of Original Laughable Skits on
Conjuring, Physiognomy, Juggling, Performing Fleas, Waxworks, Panorama,
Phrenology, Phonograph, Second Sight, Lightning Calculators, Ventriloquism,
Spiritualism, &c., to which are added Humorous Sketches, Whimsical
Recitals, and Drawing-room Comedies. In cloth, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. Qd.

Butterflies, The Book of British: A Practical Manual for Collectors
and Naturalists. Splendidly Illustrated throughout with very accurate
Engravings of the Caterpillars, Chrysalids, and Butterflies, both upper and
under sides, from drawings by the Author or direct from Nature. By
W. J. LUCAS, B.A. Price 6s. bd., by post 3s. Qd.

Butterfly and Moth Collecting: Where to Search, and What to Do. By
G. E. SIMMS. Illustrated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Cabinet Making for Amateurs. Being clear Directions How to Construct
many Useful Articles, such as Brackets, Sideboard, Tables, Cupboards,
and other Furniture. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 9d.

Cactus Culture for Amateurs : Being Descriptions of the various Cactuses
grown in this country ; with Full and Practical Instructions for their Success-
ful Cultivation. By W. WATSON, Assistant Curator of the Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew. Profusely Illustrated. In cloth, gilt, price 5s. nett, by post 5s. 4<2.

Cage Birds, Diseases of : Their Causes, Symptoms, and Treatment. A Hand-
book for everyone who keeps a Bird. By DR. W. T. GREENE, F.Z.S. In paper,
price "is., by post Is. 2d.

Canary Book. The Breeding, Rearing, and Management of all Varieties of
Canaries and Canary Mules, and all other matters connected with this Fancy.
By ROBERT L. WALLACE. Third Edition. In cloth gilt, price 5s., by post
5s. 4d. ; with COLOURED PLATES, bs. bd., by post bs. IQd.

General Management of Canaries. Cages and Cage-making,
Breeding, Managing, Mule Breeding, Diseases and their Treatment, Moulting,
Pests, &c. Illustrated. In cloth, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. Bd.

Exhibition Canaries. Full Particulars of all the different Varieties,
their Points of Excellence, Preparing Birds for Exhibition, Format on and
Management of Canary Societies and Exhibitions. Illustrated. In cloth,
price 2s. bd.t by post 2s. 3d.

170, Strand, London, W.C.

Cane Basket Work: A Practical Manual on Weaving Useful and Fancy
Baskets By ANNIE FIRTH. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price Is. bd., by postls.Qd.

Card Conjuring: Being Tricks with Cards, and How to Perform Them By
PROF. ELLIS STANYON. Illustrated, and in Coloured Wrapper. Price Is.
by post Is. 2d

Card Tricks, Book of, for Drawing-room and Stage Entertainments by
Amateurs ; with an exposure of Tricks as practised by Card Sharpers and
Swindlers. Numerous Illustrations. By PROF. R. KUNARD. In illustrated
wrapper, price 2s. 6d., by post 2s. Qd.

Carnation Culture, for Amateurs. The Culture of Carnations and Picotees
of all Classes in the Open Ground and in Pots. Illustrated. By B. C. RAVENS-
CROFT. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Cats, Domestic or Fancy : A Practical Treatise on their Antiquity, Domesti-
cation, Varieties, Breeding, Management, Diseases and Remedies, Exhibition
and Judging. By JOHN JENNINGS. Illustrated. In cloth, price 2s. 6d., by post
2s. 3d.

Chrysanthemum Culture, for Amateurs and Professionals. Containing Fall
Directions for the Successful Cultivation of the Chrysanthemum for Exhibition
and the Market. By B. C. RAVENSCROFT. New Edition. Illustrated. In
paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Chrysanthemum, The Show, and Its Cultivation. By C. SCOTT, of
the Sheffield Chrysanthemum Society. In paper, price 6d., by post Id.

Coins, a Guide to English Pattern, in Gold, Silver, Copper, and Pewter,
from Edward I. to Victoria, with their Value. By the REV. G. F. CROWTHER,
M.A. Illustrated. In silver cloth, with gilt facsimiles of Coins, price 5s., by
post 5s. 3d.

Coins of Great Britain and Ireland, a Guide to the, in Gold, Silver,
and Copper, from the Earliest Period to the Present Time, with their Value.
By the late COLONEL W. STEWART THORBURN. Third Edition. Revised and
Enlarged, by H. A. GRUEBER, F.S.A. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 10s. 6d
net, by post 10s. lOd.

Cold Meat Cookery. A Handy Guide to making really tasty and muck
appreciated Dishes from Cold Meat. By MRS. J. E. DAVIDSON. In paper,
price Is., by pest Is. 2d.

Collie, The. Its History, Points, and Breeding. By HUGH DALZIEL, Illus-
trated with Coloured Frontispiece and Plates. In paper, price Is., by post
Is. 2d. ; cloth, 2s., by post 2s Id.

Collie Stud Book. Edited by HUGH DALZIEL. Price 3s. 6d. each, by post
3s. Qd. each.

Vol. I., containing Pedigrees of 1308 of the best-known Dogs, traced fee
their most remote known ancestors ; Show Record to Feb., 1890, &c.
Vol. II. Pedigrees of 795 Dogs, Show Record, &c.
Vol. III. Pedigrees of 786 Dogs, Show Record, &c.

Columbarium, Moore's. Reprinted Verbatim from the originial Edition
of 1735, with a Brief Notice of the Author. By W. B. TEGETMEIER, F.Z.S.,
Member of the British Ornithologists' Union. Price Is., by post Is. 2d.
Conjuring, Book of Modern. A Practical Guide to Drawing-room and
Stage Magic for Amateurs. By PROFESSOR R. KUNARD. Illustrated. In
illustrated wrapper, price 2s. t>d., by post 2s. Qd.

Conjuring for Amateurs. A Practical Handbook on How to Perform
a Number of Amusing Tricks. By PROF. ELLIS STANYON. In paper, price Is., by
post Is. 2d.

Cookery, The Encyclopaedia of Practical. A complete Dictionary of all
pertaining to the Art of Cookery and Table Service. Edited by THEO. FRANCIS
GARRETT, assisted by eminent Chefs de Cuisine and Confectioners. Profusely
Illustrated with Coloured Plates and Engravings by HAROLD FURNESS, GE*.
CRUIKSHANK, W. MUNN ANDREW, and others. In 2 vols., demy Mo., h»lf
bound, cushion edges, £3 3s.; carriage free, £3 5s.

Cookery for Amateurs; or, French Dishes for English Homes of all
Classes. Includes Simple Cookery, Middle-class Cookery, Superior Cookery,
Cookery for Invalids, and Breakfast and Luncheon Cookery. By MADAMK
VALERIE. Second Edition. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Cucumber Culture for Amateurs. Including also Melons, Vegetable
Marrows, and Gourds. Illustrated. By W. J. MAY. In paper, price Is
by post Is. 2d.

Published by L. UPCOTT GILL,

Cyclist's Route Map of England and Wales. Shows clearly all the Main,
and most of the Cross, Roads, Railroads, and the Distances between the
Chief Towns, as well as the Mileage from London. In addition to this,
Routes of Thirty of the Most Interesting Tours are printed in red. Fourth
Edition, thoroughly revised. The map is printed on specially prepared
vellum paper, and is the fullest, handiest, and best up-to-date tourist's map
in the market. In cloth, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Designing, Harmonic and Keyboard. Explaining a System whereby
an endless Variety of Most Beautiful Designs suited to numberless
Manufactures may be obtained by Unskilled Persons from any Printed
Music. Illustrated by Numerous Explanatory Diagrams and Illustrative
Examples. By C. H. WILKINSON. Demy 4(o, price £2 2s. nett.

Dogs, Breaking and Training: Being Concise Directions for the proper
education of Dogs, both for the Field and for Companions. Second
Edition. By "PATHFINDER." With Chapters by HUGH DALZIEL. Illus-
trated. In cloth gilt, price 6s. 6d., by post 6s. lOd.

Dogs, British, Ancient and Modern: Their Varieties, History, and
Characteristics. By HUGH DALZIEL, assisted by Eminent Fanciers.
Beautifully Illustrated with COLOURED PLATES and full-page Engravings
of Dogs of the Day, with numerous smaller illustrations in the text. This
is the fullest work on the various breeds of dogs kept in England. In
three volumes, demy Qvo, cloth gilt, price 10s. 6d. each, by post 11s. each.
Vol. I. Dogs Used in Field Sports.

Vol. IT. Dogs Useful to Man in other Work than Field
Sports; Mouse and Toy Dogs.

Vol. III. Practical Kennel Management: A Complete
Treatise on all Matters relating to the Proper Management of Dogs whether
kept for the Show Bench, for the Field, or. for Companions.

Dogs, Diseases of : Their Causes, Symptoms, and Treatment ; Modes of
Administering Medicines ; Treatment in cases of Poisoning, &c. For the use
of Amateurs. By HUGH DALZIEL. Fourth Edition. Entirely Re-written
and brought up to Date. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. ; in cloth gilt,
2s. , by post 2s. Zd.

Dog- Keeping, Popular: Being a Handy Guide to the General Managemen
and Training of all Kinds of Dogs for Companions and Pets. By J. MAXTEE.
Illustrated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Engravings and their Value. Containing a Dictionary of all the Greatest
Engravers and their Works. By J. H. SLATER. New Edition, Revised and
brought up to date, with latest Prices at Auction. In cloth gilt, price 15s.
nett, by pest, 15s. 5d.

Entertainments, Amateur, for Charitable and other Objects:
How to Organise and Work them with Profit and Success. By ROBERT
GANTHONY In coloured cover, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Fancy "Work Series, Artistic. A Series of Illustrated Manuals on Artistic
and Popular Fancy Work of various kinds. Each number is complete in
itself, and issued at the uniform price of 6d., by post Id. Now ready— (1)
MACRAME LACE (Second Edition) ; (2) PATCHWORK ; (3) TATTING ; (4) CREWEL
WORK ; (5) APPLIQU^ ; (6) FANCY NETTING.

Feathered Friends, Old and New. Being the Experience of many years'
Observation of the Habits of British and Foreign Cage Birds. By DR. W.
T. GREENE. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 5s., by post 5s. 4d.

Ferns, The Book of Choice: for the Garden, Conservatory, and Stove.
Describing the best and most striking Ferns and Selaginellas, and giving
explicit directions for their Cultivation, the formation of Rockeries, the
arrangement of Ferneries, &c. By GEORGE SCHNEIDER. With numerous
Coloured Plates and other Illustrations. In 3 vols., large post 4io. Cloth
gilt, price £3 3s. nett, by post £3 5s.

Ferns, Choice British. Descriptive of the most beautiful Variations from
the common forms, and their Culture. By C. T. DRUERY, F.L.S. Very
accurate PLATES, and other Illustrations. In cloth gilt, price 2s. bd., by
post 2s. 9d.

Ferrets and Ferreting. Containing Instructions for the Breeding, Manage-
ment, and Working of Ferrets. Second Edition, Re-written and greatly
Enlarged. Illustrated. In paper, price bd. , by post Id.

Fertility of

, .

of eeres. as they induce purchases. In books, with counterfoils, price
6d , &y vost Id.

170 Strand, London, W.C.

Firework Making for Amateurs. A complete, accurate, and easily-
understood work on Making Simple and High-class Fireworks. By DR. W.

H. BROWNE, M.A. In coloured wrapper, price 2s bd., by post 2s. 9d.
Fisherman, The Practical. Dealing with the Natural History, the

Legendary Lore, the Capture of British Fresh- Water Fish, and Tackle and

Tackle-making. By J. H. KEENE. In cloth gilt, price Is. bd., by post 7s. 10«Z.
Fish Flesh, and Fowl When in Season, How to Select, Cook, and Serve.

By MARY BARRETT BROWN. In coloured wrapper, price Is., by post Is. M.
Foreign Birds, Favourite, for Cages and Aviaries. How to Keep them in,

Health. Fully Illustrated. By W. T. GREENE, M.A., M.D., F.Z.S., &c. In

cloth, price 2s. bd. , by post 2s. 9d.
Fox Terrier, The. Its History, Points, Breeding, Rearing, Preparing for

Exhibition, and Coursing. By HUGH DALZIEL. Illustrated with Coloured

Frontispiece and Plates. In paper, price Is. , by post Is. 2d. ; cloth, 2s. , by post 2s. 3d.
Fox Terrier Stud Book. Edited by HUGH DALZIEL. Price 3s. bd. each, by post

3s. 9d. each.

Vol. JT., containing Pedigrees of over 1400 of the best-known Dogs, traced

to their most remote Known ancestors.
Vol. II. Pedigrees of 1544 Dogs, Show Record, &c.
Vol. III. Pedigrees of 1214 Dogs, Show Record, &c.
Vol. IV. Pedigrees of 1168 Dogs, Show Record, &c.
Vol. V. Pedigrees of 1662 Dogs, Show Record, &c.
Fretwork and Marquetry. A Practical Manual of Instructions in the Art

of Fret-cutting and Marquetry Work. Profusely Illustrated. By D. DENNING.

In cloth, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. Qd.
Friesland Meres, A Cruise on the. By ERNEST R. SUFFLING. Illustrated.

In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.
Fruit Culture for Amateurs. By S. T. WRIGHT. With Chapters on Insect

and other Fruit Pests by W. D. DRURY. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 3s. bd.,

by post 3s. 9cZ.
Game Preserving, Practical. Containing the fullest Directions for Rearing

and Preserving both Winged and Ground Game, and Destroying Vermin;

with other Information of Value to the Game Preserver. By W. CARNEGIE.

Illustrated. In cloth gilt, demy 8vo, price 21s., by post 21*. 5d.
Games, the Book of a Hundred. By MARY WHITE. These Games are for

Adults, and will be found extremely serviceable for Parlour Entertainment.

They are Clearly Explained, are Ingenious, Clever, Amusing, and exceedingly

Novel. In stiff boards, price 2s. bd. by post 2s. 9d.
Gardening, Dictionary of. A Practical Encyclopaedia of Horticulture, for

Amateurs and Professionals. Illustrated with 2440 Engravings. Edited by

G. NICHOLSON, Curator of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew ; assisted by Prof.

Trail, M.D., Rev. P. W. Myles, B.A., F.L.S., W. Watson, J. Garrett, and other

Specialists. In 4 vols., large post 4to. In cloth gilt, price £3, by post £3 2s.
Gardening in Egypt. A Handbook of Gardening for Lower Egypt. With a

Calendar of Work for the different Months of the Year. By WALTER DRAPER.

In cloth, price 3s. bd., by post 3s. 9d.
Gardening, Home. A Manual for the Amateur, Containing Instructions for

the Laying Out, Stocking, Cultivation, and Management of Small Gardens —

Flower, Fruit, and Vegetable. By W. D. DRURY, F.R.H.S. Illustrated. In

coloured wrapper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.
Goat, Book of the. Containing Full Particulars of the Various Breeds of

Goats, and their Profitable Management. With many Plates. By H. STEPHEN

HOLMES PEGLER. Third Edition, with Engravings and Coloured Frontispiece.

In cloth gilt, price 4s. bd., by post 4s. lOd.
Goat-Keeping for Amateurs: Being the Practical Management of Goats for

Milking Purposes. Abridged from " The Book of the Goat." Illustrated, ^n

paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. •
Grape Growing for Amateurs. A Thoroughly Practical Book on Successful

Vine Culture. By E. MOLYNEUX. Illustrated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.
Greenhouse Management for Amateurs. The Best Greenhouses and

Frames, and How to Build and Heat them, Illustrated Descriptions of the

most suitable Plants, with general and Special Cultural Directions, and all

necessary information for the Guidance of the Amateur. Second Edition,

Revised and Enlarged. Magnificently Illustrated. By W. J. MAY. In cloth

gilt, price 5s., by post 5s. 4d.
Greyhound, The : Its History, Points, Breeding, Rearing, Training, and

Running. By HUGH DALZIEL. With Coloured Frontispiece. In cloth gilt,

demy 8uoM price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 9d.

Published by L. UPCOTT GILL,

Guinea Pig, The, for Food, Fur, and Fancy. Its Varieties and its Manage-
ment. By C. CUMBERLAND, F.Z.S. Illustrated. In coloured wrapper, price
Is., by post Is. 2d. In cloth gilt, with coloured frontispiece, price 2s. bd., by post
2s. 9d.

Handwriting, Character Indicated by. With Illustrations in Support
of the Theories advanced, taken from Autograph Letters, of Statesmen,
Lawyers, Soldiers, Ecclesiastics, Authors, Poets, Musicians, Actors, and
the persons. Second Edition. By R. BAUGHAN. In cloth gilt, price 2s bd.,
by post 2s. 9d.

Hardy Perennials and Old-fashioned Garden Flowers, Descriptions,
alphabetically arranged, of the most desirable Plants for Borders, Rockeries,

and Shrubberies, including Foliage as well as Flowering Plants. By J. WOOD.

Profusely Illustrated. In cloth, price 3s. bd., by post 3s. 9d.
Hawk Moths, Book of British. A Popular and Practical Manual for all

Lepidopterists. Copiously illustrated in black and white from the Author's

own exquisite Drawings from Nature. By W. J. LUCAS, B.A. In cloth, price

3s. bd., by post 3s. 9<2.
Home Medicine and Surgery : A Dictionary of Diseases and Accidents,

and their proper Home Treatment. For Family Use. By W. J. MACKENZIE,

M.D. Illustrated. In cloth, price 2s. bd., by post 2s, Bd.
Horse-Keeper, The Practical. By GEORGE FLEMING, C.B., LL.D.,

F.R.C.V.S.. late Principal Veterinary Surgeon to the British Army, and

Ex-President of the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons. In cloth, price

3s. bd., by post 3s. IQd.
Horse-Keeping for Amateurs. A Practical Manual on the Management

of Horses, for the guidance of those who keep one or two for their personal

use. By Fox RUSSELL. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. ; cloth 2s. , by

post 2s. 3d.
Horses, Diseases of : Their Causes, Symptoms, and Treatment. For the

use of Amateurs. By HUGH DALZIEL.J \Inpaper, price Is., by post Is. 2d. ;

cloth 2s. , by post 2s. 3d.
Incubators and their Management. By J. H. SUTCLIFFE. New Edition,

Revised and Enlarged. Illustrated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.
Inland Watering Places. A Description of the Spas of Great Britain and

Ireland, their Mineral Waters, and their Medicinal Value, and the attrac-
tions which they offer to Invalids and other Visitors. Profusely illustrated.

A Companion Volume to "Seaside Watering Places." In cloth, price 2s. bd.,

by post 2s. IQd
Jack All Alone. Being a Collection of Descriptive Yachting Reminiscences.

By FRANK COWPER, B.A., Author of "Sailing Tours." Illustrated. In

cloth gilt, price 3s. bd., by post 3s. IQd.
Journalism, Practical : How to Enter Thereon and Succeed. A book for

all who think of " writing for the Press." By JOHN DAWSON. In cloth gilt,

price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 3d.
Laying Hens, How to Keep and to Rear Chickens in Large or Small

Numbers, in Absolute Confinement, with Perfect Success. By MAJOR G. F.

MORANT. In paper, price bd., by post Id.
Library Manual, The. A Guide to the Formation of a Library, and the

Values of Rare and Standard Books. By J. H. SLATER, Barrister-at-Law.

Third Edition. Revised and Greatly Enlarged. In cloth gilt, price Is. bd.

nett, by post 7s. IQd.
Magic Lanterns, Modern. A Guide to the Management of the Optical

Lantern, for the Use of Entertainers, Lecturers, Photograpers, Teachers, and

others. By R. CHILD BAYLEY. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Mice, Fancy: Their Varieties, Management, and Breeding. Third Edition,
with additional matter and Illustrations. In coloured wrapper representing
different varieties, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Millinery, Handbook of. A Practical Manual of Instruction for Ladies.
Illustrated. By MME. ROSBE, Court Milliner, Principal of the School of
Millinery. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Model Yachts and Boats : Their Designing, Making, and Sailing. Illustrated
with 118 Designs and Working Diagrams. By J. DU V. GROSYENOR. In
leatherette, price 5s., by post 5s. 3d.

Monkeys, Pet, and How to Manage Them. Illustrated. By ARTHUR PATTER-
SON. In cloth gilt, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 9d

170, Strand, London, W.C.

Mountaineering;, Welsh. A Complete and Handy Guide to all the Best
Roads and Bye-Paths by which the Tourist should Ascend the Welsh
Mountains. By A. W. PERRY. With numerous Maps. In cloth (/ilt, price
2s. bd., by post 2s. 9d.

Mushroom Culture for Amateurs. With Full Directions for Successful
Growth in Houses, Sheds, Cellars, and Pots, on Shelves, and Out of Doors.
Illustrated. By W. J. MAY. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Natural History Sketches among the Carnivora — Wild and Domesticated ;
with Observations on their Habits and Mental Faculties. By ARTHUR
NICOIS, F.G.S., F.R.G.S. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 2s. bd., by post
2s. 9<7.

Naturalist's Directory, The, for 1898 (fourth year of issue). Invaluable to
all Students and Collectors. In paper, price Is., by post Is. Id.

Needlework, Dictionary of. An Encyclopaedia of Artistic, Plain, and Fancy
Needlework ; Plain, practical, complete, and magnificently Illustrated. By
S. F. A. CAULFEILD arid B. C. SAWARD. In demy 4«o, b28pp, 829 Illustra-
tions, extra cloth gilt, plain edges, cushioned bevelled boards, price 21s. nett, by
post 21s. Qd. ; with COLOURED PLATES, elegant satin brocade cloth binding,
and coloured edges, 31s. bd. nett, by post 32s.

Orchids: Their Culture and Management, with Descriptions of all the Kinds
in General Cultivation. Illustrated by Coloured Plates and Engravings. By
W. WATSON, Assistant-Curator, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew; Assisted by
W. BEAN, Foreman, Royal Gardens, Kew. Second Edition, Revised and
with Extra Plates. In cloth gilt and gilt edges, price £1 Is. nett, by post
£1 Is. bd.

Painters and Their Works. A Work of the Greatest Value to Collectors
and such as are interested in the Art, as it gives, besides Biographical
Sketches of all the Artists of Repute (not now living) from the 13th Century
to the present date, the Market Value of the Principal Works Painted by
Them, with Full Descriptions of Same. In 3 vols., cloth, price 15s. nett per vol.,
by post 15s. 5d., or 37s. bd. nett the set of 3, by post 38s. 3d.

Painting, Decorative. A practical Handbook on Painting and Etching upon
Textiles, Pottery, Porcelain, Paper, Vellum, Leather, Glass, Wood, Stone,
Metals, and Plaster, for the Decoration of our Homes. By B. C. SAWARD.
In cloth gilt, price 3s. bd., by post 3s. 9d.

Parcel Post Dispatch Book (registered). An invaluable book for all who
send parcels by post. Provides Address Labels, Certificate of Posting, and
Record of Parcels Dispatched. By the use of this book parcels are insured
against loss or damage to the extent of £2. Authorised by the Post Office.
Price Is., by post Is. 2d., for 100 parcels ; larger sizes if required.

Parrakeets, Popular. How to Keep and Breed Them. By DR. W. T.
GREENE, M.D., M.A., F.Z.S., &c. In coloured wrapper, price Is., by post, Is. 2d.

Parrot, The Grey, and How to Treat it. By W. T. GREENE, M.D., M.A., F.Z.S.,
<fec. In coloured wrapper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Parrots, the Speaking. The Art of Keeping and Breeding the principal
Talking Parrots in Confinement. By DR. KARL Russ. Illustrated with
COLOURED PLATES and Engravings. In cloth gilt, price 5s., by post 5s. 4d.

Patience, Games of, for one or more Players. How to Play 142 different
Games of Patience. By M. WHITMORE JONES. Illustrated. Series I., 39
games; Series II., 34 games ; Series III., 33 games; Series IV., 37 games.
Each Is., by post Is. 2d. The four bound together in cloth gilt, price 5s,, by
post 5s. 4df.

Perspective, The Essentials of. With numerous Illustrations drawn by
the Author. By L. W. MILLER, Principal of the School of Industrial Art of
the Pennsylvania Museum, Philadelphia. Price 6s. bd., by post 6s. lOd.

Pheasant- Keeping for Amateurs. A Practical Handbook on the Breed-
ing, Rearing, and General Management of Fancy Pheasants in Confinement.
By GEO. HORNE. Fully Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 3s. bd., by post 3s. 9d.

Photographic Printing Processes, Popular. A Practical Guide to
Printing with Gelatine-Chloride, Artigue, Platinotype, Carbon, Bromide,
Collodio-Chloride, Biohromated Gum, and other Sensitised Papers. Illus-
trated. By H. MACLEAN, F.R.P.S. Price 2s. bd., by post 2s. lOd.

Photography (Modern) for Amateurs. New and Revised Edition. By
J. EATON FEARN. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Pianofortes, Tuning and Repairing. The Amateur's Guide to the
Practical Management of a Piano without the intervention of a Professional.
By CHARLES BABBINGTON. In paper, price bd., by post b\d.

8 Published ly L. UPCOTT GILL,

Picture-Frame Making for Amateurs. Being Practical Instructions
in the Making of various kinds of Frames for Paintings, Drawings, Photo-
graphs, and Engravings. Illustrated. By the REV. J. LUKIN. In paper,
price Is., by post Is 2d.

Pig, Book of the. The Selection, Breeding, Feeding, and Management of the
Pig ; the Treatment of its Diseases ; the Curing and Preserving of Hams,
Bacon, and other Pork Foods ; and other information appertaining to Pork
Farming. By PROFESSOR JAMES LONG. Fully Illustrated with Portraits
of Prize Pigs, Plans of Model Piggeries, &c. In cloth gilt, price 10$. 6d., by
post 10s. lid.

Pig-Keeping, Practical: A Manual for Amateurs, based on personal
Experience in Breeding, Feeding, and Fattening ; also in Buying and Selling
Pigs at Market Prices. By R. D. GARRATT. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Pigeons, Fancy. Containing full Directions for the Breeding and Manage-
ment of Fancy Pigeons, and Descriptions of every known Variety, together
with all other information of interest or use to Pigeon Fanciers. Third
Edition. 18 COLOURED PLATES, and 22 other full-page Illustration*. By
J. C. LYELL. In doth gilt, price 10*. 6d., by post 10s. lOd.

Pigeon-Keeping for Amateurs. A Complete Guide to the Amateur
Breeder of Domestic and Fancy Pigeons. By J. C. LYELL. Illustrated.
In cloth, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 9d.

Polishes and Stains for Wood : A Complete Guide to Polishing Wood-
work, with Directions for Staining, and Full Information for Making the
Stains, Polishes, <fec., in the simplest and most satisfactory manner. By
DAVID DENNING. In paper, Is., by post Is. 2d.

Pool, Games of. Describing Various English and American Pool Games, and
giving the Rules in full. Illustrated In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Postage Stamps, and their Collection. A Practical Handbook for Collectors
of Postal Stamps, Envelopes, Wrappers, and Cards. By OLIVER FIRTH,
Member of the Philatelic Societies of London, Leeds, and Bradford. Pro-
fusely Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price 3o\ 6d., by post 3s. IQd.

Postage Stamps of Europe, The Adhesive : A Practical Guide to their
Collection, Identification, and Classification. Especially designed for the use
of those commencing the Study. By W. A. S. WESTOBY. Beautifully
Illustrated. In Parts, Is. each, by post Is. 2d.

Postmarks, History of British. With 350 Illustrations and a List of
Numbers used in Obliterations. By J. H. DANIELS. In cloth, price 2s. bd., by
post 2s. 2d.

Pottery and Porcelain, English. A Guide for Collectors. Handsomely
Illustrated with Engravings of Specimen Pieces and th£ Marks used by the
different Makers. New Edition, Revised and Enlarged. By the REV. E. A.
DOWNMAN. In cloth gilt, price 5s. , by post 5s. 3d.

Poultry-Farming, Profitable. Describing in Detail the Methods that Give
the Best Results, and pointing out the Mistakes to be Avoided. Illustrated.
By J. H. SUTCLIFFE. Price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Poultry- Keeping, Popular. A Practical and Complete Guide to Breeding
and Keeping Poultry for Eggs or for the Table. By F. A. MACKENZIE. Illus-
trated. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Poultry and Pigeon Diseases Their Causes, Symptoms, and Treatment.
A Practical Manual for all Fanciers. By QUINTIN CRAIG and JAMES LYELL.
In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Poultry for Prizes and Profit. Contains : Breeding Poultry for Prizes*
Exhibition Poultry and Management of the Poultry Yard. Handsomely Illus-
trated. Second Edition. By PROF. JAMES LONG. In cloth gilt, price 2s. 6rf.,
by post 2s. IQd.

Rabbit, Book of The. A Complete Work on Breeding and Rearing all Varieties
of Fancy Rabbits, giving their History, Variations, Uses, Points, Selection,
Mating, Management, &c., &c. SECOND EDITION. Edited by KEMPSTER
W. KNIGHT. Illustrated with Coloured and other Plates. In cloth gilt, price
10*. 6d., by post 10s. lid.

Rabbits, Diseases of: Their Causes, Symptoms, and Cure. With a Chapter
on THE DISEASES OF CAVIES. Reprinted from " The Book of the Rabbit" and
"The Guinea Pig for Food, Fur and Fancy." In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

170, Ftrnwdi London, W.C. 9

Rabbits for Prizes and Profit. The Proper Management of Fancy Rabbits
in Health and Disease, for Pets or the Market, and Descriptions of every
known Variety, with Instructions for Breeding Good Specimens. Illustrated.
By CHARLES RAYSON. In cloth gilt, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 9<Z. Also in
Sections, as follows :

General Management of Rabbits. Including Hutches, Breeding,
Feeding, Diseases and their Treatment, Rabbit Courts, &c. Fully Illustrated.
In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Exhibition Rabbits. Being descriptions of all Varieties of Fancy
Rabbits, their Points of Excellence, and how to obtain them. Illustrated. In
paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d

Hoad Charts (Registered). For Army Men, Volunteers, Cyclists, and other
Road Users. By S. W. H. DIXON and A. B. H. CLERKE. No. 1.— London
to Brighton. Price 2d., by post 2%d.

Roses for Amateurs. A Practical Guide to the Selection and Cultivation of
the best Roses. Illustrated. By the REV. J. HONYWOOD D'OMBRAIN, Hon.
Sec. Nat. Rose Soc. In paper, price !«., by post Is. 2d.

Sailing Guide to the Solent and Poole Harbour, with Practical Hints
as to Living and Cooking on, and Working a Small Yacht. By LlEUT.-COL.
T. G. CUTHELL. Illustrated with Coloured Charts. In cloth gilt, price 2s. bd.,
by post 2s. $d.

Sailing Tours. The Yachtman's Guide to the Cruising Waters of the English
and Adjacent Coasts. With Descriptions of every Creek, Harbour, and Road-
stead on the Course. With numerous Charts printed in Colours, showing Deep
water, Shoals, and Sands exposed at low water, with sounding. In Crown
8vo., cloth gilt. By FRANK COWPER, B.A.

Vol. JT., the Coasts of Essex and Suffolk, from the Thames to Aldborough.
Six Charts. Price 5s., by post 5s. 3d,

Vol. II. The South Coast, from the Thames to the Scilly Islands, twenty-
five Charts. Price 7s. bd., by post Is. lOd.

Vol. III. The Coast of Brittany, from L'Abervrach to St. Nazaire, and
an Account of the Loire. Twelve Charts. Price 7s. bd., by post Is. IQd.

Vol. IV. The West Coast, from Land's End to Mull of Galloway, in-
eluding the East Coast of Ireland. Thirty Charts. Price 10s. bd., by post
10s. IQd.

Vol. V. The Coasts of Scotland and theN.E. of England down to Aid-
borough. Forty Charts. Price 10s. bd., by post 10s. IQd.

4St. Bernard, The. Its History, Points, Breeding, and Rearing. By HUGH
DALZIEL. niustra-tpd with Coloured Frontispiece and Plates. In cloth, price
2s bd., by post 2s. 9d.

St. Bernard stnd Book. Edited by HUGH DALZIEL. Price 3s. bd. eacht 6y
post 3s. 3d. each.

Vol. I. Pedigrees of 1278 of the best known Dogs traced to their most
remote known ancestors, Show Record, &c.

Vol. i II. Pedigrees of 564 Dogs, Show Record, &c.

Sea- Fishing for Amateurs.. Practical Instructions to Visitors at Seaside
Places for Catching Sea-Fish from Pier-heads, Shore, or Boats, principally by
means of Hand Lines, with a very useful List of Fishing Stations, the Fish to
be caught there, and the Best Seasons. By FRANK HUDSON. Illustrated. In
paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Sea-Fishing on the English Coast. The Art of Making and Using Sea-
Tackle, with a full account of the methods in vogue during each month of the
year, and a Detailed Guide for Sea- Fishermen to all the most Popular Water-
ing Places on the English Coast. By F. G. AFLALO. Illustrated. In doth
gilt, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. 3d.

Sea-Life, Realities of. Describing the Duties, Prospects, and Pleasures of
a Young Sailor in the Mercantile Marine. By H. E. ACRAMAN COATE. With
a Preface by J. R. DIGGLE, M.A., M.L.S.B. In cloth, price 3s. 6d.,
by post 3s. IQd.

Seaside Watering Places. A Description of the Holiday Resorts on the
Coasts of England and Wales, the Channel Islands, and the Isle of Man,
giving full particulars of them and their attractions, and all information
likely to assist persons in selecting places in which to spend their Holidays
according to their individual tastes. Illustrated. Twenty- second Year of
Issue. Ready in May. In cloth, price 2s. bd., by post 2s. IQd.

10 Published by L. TJPCOTT GILL,

Sea Terms, a Dictionary of. For the use of Yachtsmen, Amateur Boat-
men, and Beginners. By A. ANSTED. Fully Illustrated. Cloth gilt, price
7s. 6d. net, by post 7s. lid.

Shadow Entertainments, and How to Work them : being Something about
Shadows, and the way to make them Profitable and Funny. By A. PATTER-
SON. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Shave, An Easy: The Mysteries, Secrets, and Whole Art of, laid bare for
Is., by post Is. 2d. Edited by JOSEPH MORTON.

Sheet Metal, Work ing in : Being Practical Instructions for Making and
Mending Small Articles in Tin, Copper, Iron, Zinc, and Brass. Illustrated.
Third Edition. By the Rev. J. LUKIN, B.A In paper, price Is., by post
Is. Id.

Shorthand, on Gurney's System (Improved), LESSONS IX : Being
Instructions in the Art of Shorthand Writing as used in the Service of the
two Houses of Parliament. By R. E. MILLER. In paper, price Is., by
post Is. 2d.

Shorthand, Exercises in, for Daily Half Hours, on a Newly-devised and
Simple Method, free from the Labour of Learning. Illustrated. Being Part
II. of "Lessons in Shorthand on Gurney's System (Improved)." By R. E.
MILLER. In paper, price 9d., by post IQd.

Skating Cards : An Easy Method of Learning Figure Skating, as the Cards
can be used on the Ice. In cloth case, 2s. 6d., bv post 2s. 9d. ; leather,
Zs. 6d., by post 3s, 9d A cheap form is issued printed on paper and made up
as a small book, Is., by post Is. Id.

Sleight of Hand. A Practical Manual of Legerdemain for Amateurs and
Others. New Edition, Revised and Enlarged Profusely Illustrated. By
E. SACHS. In cloth gilt, price 6s. 6eZ., by post 6s. IQd.

Snakes, Marsupials, and Birds. A Charming Book of Anecdotes, Adven-
tures, and Zoological Notes. A capital Book for Boys. By ARTHUR NICOLS,
F.G.S., F.R.G.S., &c. Illustrated. In cloth gilt, price Zs. 6d., by post Zs. IQd.

Taxidermy, Practical. A Manual of Instruction to the Amateur in Collect-
ing, Preserving, and Setting-up Natural History Specimens of all kinds.
With Examples and Working Diagrams. By MONTAGU BROWNE, F.Z.S.,
Curator of Leicester Museum. Second Edition. In cloth gilt, price 7s. 6d.,
by post 7s. IQd.

Thames Guide Book. From Lechlade to Richmond. For Boating Men,
Anglers, Picnic Parties, and all Pleasure-seekers on the River. Arranged on
an entirely new plan. Second Edition, profusely Illustrated. In cloth, price
Is. 6d., by post Is. 9d.

Tomato and Fruit Growing as an Industry for Women. Lectures given
at the Forestry Exhibition, Earl's Court, during July and August, 1893. By
GRACE HARRIMAN, Practical Fruit Grower and County Council Lecturer. In
paper, price Is., by post Is. Id.

Tomato Culture for Amateurs. A Practical and very Complete Manual

on the subject. By JB. C. RAVENSCROFT. Illustrated. In paper, price Is.,

by post Is. Id.
Trapping, Practical : Being some Papers on Traps' and Trapping for

Vermin, with a Chapter on General Bird Trapping and Snaring, By W.

CARNEGIE. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Turning for Amateurs: Being Descriptions of the Lathe and its
Attachments and Tools, with minute Instructions for their Effective Use on
Wood, Metal, Ivory, and other Materials. Second Edition, Revised and
Enlarged. By JAMES LUKIN, B.A. Illustrated with 144 Engravings. In
cloth gilt, pi-ice 2s. 6d., by post 2s. 3d.

Turning Lathes. A Manual for Technical Schools and Apprentices. A
Guide to Turning, Screw-cutting, Metal-spinning, &c. Edited by JAMES
LUKIN, B.A. Third Edition. With 194 Illustrations. In cloth gilt, price
Zs., by post 3s. 3d.

Vamp, How to. A Practical Guide to the Accompaniment of Songs by the
Unskilled Musician. With Examples. In paper, price 9d., by post IQd.

Vegetable Culture for Amateurs. Containing Concise Directions for the
Cultivation of Vegetables in small Gardens so as to insure Good Crops.
With Lists of the Best Varieties of each [Sort. By W. J. MAY Illustrated.

In paper, price Is. , by post Is. 2d.

170, Strand, London, W.C. 11

Ventriloquism, Practical. A thoroughly reliable Guide to the Art of
Voice Throwing and Vocal Mimicry, Vocal Instrumentation, Ventriloquial
Figures, Entertaining, Ac. By ROBERT GANTHONY. Numerous Illustrations.
In cloth gilt, price 2s. 6d., by post 2s. 9d.

Violins (Old) and their Makers : Including some References to those of
Modern Times. By JAMES M. FLEMING. Illustrated with Facsimiles of
Tickets, Sound-Holes, &c. In cloth gilt, price 6s. 6d. nett, by post 6s. lOrf.

Violin School, Practical, for Home Students. Instructions and Exercises
in Violin Playing, for the use of Amateurs, Self-learners, Teachers, and
others. With a Supplement on "Easy Legato Studies for the Violin."
By J. M. FLEMING. Demy <\to, cloth gilt, price 9s. bd., by post 10s. 2d.
Without Supplement, price 7s. bd., by post 8s.

Vivarium, The. Being a Full Description of the most Interesting Snakes,
Lizards, and other Reptiles, and How to Keep Them Satisfactorily in Con-
finement. By REV. G. C. BATEMAN. Beautifully Illustrated. In cloth gilt,
price 7s. bd. nett, by post 8s.

War Medals and Decorations. A Manual for Collectors, with some
account of Civil Rewards for Valour. Beautifully Illustrated. By D.
HASTINGS IRWIN. In cloth gilt, price 7s. 6d., by post 7s. IQd.

Whippet and Race-Dog, The: How to Breed, Rear, Train, Race, and
Exhibit the Whippet, the Management of Raee Meetings, and Original
Plans of Courses. By FREEMAN LLOYD. In cloth gilt, price 3s. 6d., by post
3s. lOd.

Whist, Modern Scientific. A Practical Manual on new Lines, and with
Illustrative Hands, printed in Colour. By C. J. MELROSE. In cloth gilt,
price 6s., by post 6s. 6d.

Wildfowling, Practical: A Book on Wildfowl in Wildfowl Shooting. By
HY. SHARP. The result of 25 years' experience Wildfowl Shooting under
all sorts of conditions of locality as well as circumstances. Profusely Illus-
trated. Demy Svo, cloth gilt, price 12s. 6d. nett, by post 12s. IQd.

Wild Sports in Ireland. Being Picturesque and Entertaining Descriptions
of several visits_paid to Ireland, with Practical Hints likely to be of service
to the Angler, Wildfowler, and Yachtsman. By JOHN BICKERDYKE, Author
of "The Book of the All-Round Angler," &c. Beautifully Illustrated from
Photographs taken by the Author. In cloth gilt, price 6s., by post 6s. 4dL

Window Ticket Writing. Containing full Instructions on the Method of
Mixing and Using the Various Inks, &c., required, Hints on Stencilling as
applied to Ticket Writing, together with Lessons on Glass Writing, Japanning
on Tin, <fcc. Especially written for the use of Learners and Shop Assistants.
By WM. C. SCOTT. In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Wire and Sheet Gauges of the World. Compared and Compiled by
C. A. B. PFEILSCHMIDT, of Sheffield. In paper, price Is., by post Is. Id.

Wood Carving for Amateurs. Full Instructions for producing all the
different varieties of Carvings. SECOND EDITION. Edited by D. DENNING.
In paper, price Is., by post Is. 2d.

Workshop Makeshifts. Being a Collection of Practical Hints and
Suggestions for the use of Amateur Workers in Wood and Metal. Fully
Illustrated. By H. J. S. CASSALL. In cloth gilt, price 2s. 6d., by post 2s. 9d.

FICTION LIBRARY.

Decameron of a Hypnotist. Tales of Dread. By E. SUPPLING, Author of
"The Story Hunter," &c. With Illustrations. Cloth gilt, 3s. 6d., by post 3s. lOd.

CLASSIFICATION INDEX

PAGE.

ART.

DESIGNING 4
OLD VIOLINS 11
PAINTING 7

PA(

[GARDENING.

BEGONIA CULTURE —
BULBCULTUE
CACTUS CULTURE

JE.

2
2
2
3

3
3
5
4
5
5
5

5
6
5
7
7
9
10
10
10

1
3

3
4
5
6
6

7
10

2
2
2
2
3
5
5
5
6
7

8
10
11
10
10

\\

8
11

1

PAGE.

BEES 1

BUTTERFLIES 2
DIRECTORY 7
HAWK MOTHS 6

PERSPECTIVE 7
VIOLIN SCHOOL. ........ 11

AMUSEMENTS.

AMATEUR ENTERTAIN-
MENTS 4

CARNATION CULTURE . .
CHRYSANTHEMUM CUL-
TURE
CUCUMBER CULTURE . .
DICTIONARY

SNAKES ... .. 10
TAXIDERMY 10
VIVARIUM 11

PETS.

FERNS

FRUIT CULTURE

BUNKUM ENTERTAIN-
MENTS 2
CARD CONJURING 3

GARDENING IN EGYPT..
GRAPE GROWING
GREENHOUSE MANAGE-

CAGE BIRDS' DISEASES 2
CANARIES 2
CATS 3

CARD TRICKS 3
CONJURING 3, 10
GAMES 5

MENT
HARDY PERENNIALS . .
HOME .

FEATHERED FRIENDS.. 4
FOREIGN BIRDS 5
GREY PARROTS 7

MAGIC LANTERNS 6
PATIENCE 7
POOL 8

MUSHROOM CULTURE..
ORCHIDS . ... ..

GUINEA PIG 6
MICE 6

SHADOW ENTERTAIN-
MENTS 10

ROSES
TOMATO CULTURE ....
TOMATO GROWING
VEGETABLE CULTURE..

HOME.

AMERICAN DAINTIES ..
COLD MEAT COOKERY..
COOKERY

MONKEYS 6
PARRAKEETS 7

SLEIGHT OF HAND 10

PHEASANTS 7
RABBITS ... 8

VENTRILOQUISM . , 11

SPEAKING PARROTS.... 7

POULTRY & PIGEONS,

COLUMBARIUM 3
DISEASES 8

WHIST .... 11

COLLECTORS.

AUTOGRAPH 1

FANCY WORK

BOOKS 6

FISH* FLESH, & FOWL .
H OME MEDICINE

FANCY PIGEONS 8

COINS 3

INCUBATORS 6

ENGRAVINGS 4

MILLINERY

LAYING HENS 6

HANDWRITING ......... 6

NEEDLEWORK DIC-
TIONARY

PIGEON-KEEPING 8
POULTRY-FARMING 8
POULTRY-KEEPING 8

SPORT.

ANGLING 1, 5
BOATBUILDING ....« 2

LIBRARY MANUAL .... 6
PAINTERS 7

SHAVING

POSTAGE STAMPS 8

MECHANICS.

BENT IRONWORK
BOATBUILDING ......

POSTMARKS 8

POTTERY AND PORCE-
LAIN 8

WAR MEDALS ... 11

DOGS & HORSES.

BREAKING DOGS 4
BRITISH DOGS 4

CABINET MAKING
CANE BASKET WORK . .
FIREWORK MAKING ..
FRETWORK
MARQUETERIE

BOAT SAILING 2
CYCLING MAP 4, 9
FERRETS . 4

GAME PRESERVING ... « 5
SEA- FISHING 1, 9
SKATING « 10

COLLIE 3
DISEASES OF DOGS .. 4
DISEASES OF HORSES . . 6
DOG-KEEPING 4

PIANO TUNING
PICTURE- FRAME MAK-

TRAPPING 10

WlLDFOWLING 11

WILD SPORTS 11

SHEET METAL WORK . .
TICKET WRITING

TOURIST.

FRIESLAND MERES 5
INLAND WATERING
PLACES e

Fox TERRIER 5
GREYHOUND 5

HORSE-KEEPER 6
HORSE-KEEPING 6

T URNING LATHES
WIRE GAUGES

WHIPPET 11

WOOD CARVING *
WOOD POLISHES
WORKSHOP MAKE-
SHIFTS

MOUNTAINEERING .... 7
ROAD CHART ^. . . 9
SAILING TOURS g

FARM.

Go AT -KEEPING 5
PIG-KEEPING.. 8

SEASIDE WATERING
PLACES ... 9

NATURAL HISTORY.

AQUARIA ..

SOLENT GUIDE 9

POULTRY FARMING ... 8

THAMES GUIDE . , 10

EXTRA SUPPLEMENTS Well Illustrated.

The Ladies', each Month, 1st Wed.; The Philatelists', 2nd Wed.;
The Home, 3rd Wed. ;

BARGAINS

in Everything and Any-
thing are readily secured
through The Bazaar, Ex-
change and Mart News-
paper, which is used by Private Persons for disposing of
things they no longer require. THE paper for Buying,
Selling, and Exchanging by Private Persons.

TELEGRAMS: "BAZAAR. LONDON."

2d.

at

Newsagents.

By post for 3 Stamps.

OFFICE: 170, STRAND, LONDON.

ADVICE

on every possible subject may be
obtained on application to The
Bazaar^ Exchange and Mart^ which
has the largest staff of Eminent Ex-
perts of any paper in the Kingdom, and these Experts freely
advise its readers. THE paper par excellence for Amateurs.

EXTRA SUPPLEMENTS— continued.

The Cyclists', each Month, 1st Mon. ; The Sportsman's, 2nd Mon. ;
The Garden, 3rd Mon. ; The Dog Owners', Last Mon.

PUBLISHED BY E. and F. N. SPON, Ltd.

Crown 4to, full gilt, fancy cloth, 478 pages Letterpress and 735 Engravings, price 7s. 6d.

POPULAR ENGINEERING:

BEING INTERESTING AND INSTRUCTIVE EXAMPLES IN

CIVIL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, CHEMICAL, MINING,
MILITARY, and NAVAL ENGINEERING.

GRAPHICALLY AND PLAINLY DESCRIBED AND

-Specially Written for those about to enter the Engineering Profession and the
Scientific Amateur. With Chapters upon

PERPETUAL MOTION and ENGINEERING COLLEGES and SCHOOLS.

By F. DYE.

SPONS' MECHANICS' OWN BOOK:

A MANUAL FOR HANDICRAFTSMEN AND AMATEURS.

Complete in One large Vol., demy 8vo, cloth, containing 700 pp. and 1420 Illustrations.

Fourth Edition, 6s. ; or half -bound, French morocco, 7s. 6d.

Contents :

Mechanical Drawing ; Casting and Founding in Iron, Brass, Bronze, and other Alloys ;
Forging and Finishing Iron ; Sheet Metal Working ; Soldering, Brazing, and Burning ;
'Carpentry and Joinery, embracing descriptions of some 400 woods ; over 200 Illustrations
of Tools and their Uses ; Explanations (with Diagrams) of 116 Joints and Hinges, and
Details of Construction of Workshop Appliances; Rough Furniture, Garden and Yard
Erections, and House-Building; Cabinet-making and Veneering; Carving and Fret-
cutting ; Upholstery ; Painting, Graining, and Marbling ; Staining Furniture, Woods,
Floors, and Fittings ; Gilding, Dead and Bright, on various Grounds ; Polishing Marble,
Metals and Wood ; Varnishing ; Mechanical Movements, illustrating contrivances for
transmitting Motion ; Turning in Wood and Metals ; Masonry, embracing Stonework,
Brickwork, Terra-cotta, and Concrete ; Roofing with Thatch, Tiles, Slates, Felt, Zinc, &c. ;
Glazing with and without Putty, and Lead Glazing ; Plastering and Whitewashing ; Paper-
hanging ; Gas-fitting ; Bell-hanging, Ordinary and Electric Systems ; Lighting ; Warming ;
Ventilating ; Roads, Pavements and Bridges ; Hedges, Ditches andDrains ; Water Supply
and Sanitation ; Hints on House Construction suited to New Countries.

SPONS' HOUSEHOLD MANUAL :

A TREASURY OF DOMESTIC RECEIPTS AND GUIDE FOR
HOME MANAGEMENT.

Demy 8vo, cloth, containing 95*7 pp. and 250 Illustrations, price 7s. 6d. ; or half-bound

French morocco, 9s.
Principal Contents :

Hints for selecting a good House ; Sanitation ; Water Supply ; Ventilation and Warm-
ing • Lighting ; Furniture and Decoration ; Thieves and Fire ; The Larder ; Curing Foods
for lengthened Preservation; The Dairy; The Cellar; The Pantry; The Kitchen;
Receipts for Dishes ; The Housewife's Room ; Housekeeping, Marketing ; The Dining-
room ; The Drawing-room ; The Bed-room ; The Nursery ; The Sick-room ; The Bath-
room ; The Laundry ; The School-room ; The Playground ; The Work-room ; The Library;
The Garden ; The Farmyard ; Small Motors ; Household Law.

London: E. & F. N. SFON, Ltd., 125, Strand.
New York: SFON & CHAMBERLAIN, 12, Cortlaudt Street.

's Shilling Practical Guide Books.

POST FREE 1s. Id. EACH.

Ailments of Poultry. By F. T. BARTON.

IHorses. The Gentleman's Guide. By JAMES MILLS, M.V.C.S. With suggestions

relative to the treatment of Diseases of Horses, and the Art of Horsemanship, by

RAREY. 21st Edition.

*Kennel Companion and Referee. By DR. GORDON STABLES. Illustrated.
*Pet Animals ; or, the Amateur's Zoo. Their Habits, Characteristics, and

How to Manage them in Captivity. By ABTHUB PATTEBSON. With 40 Illustrations.
tThe British Aviary ; or, Song Birds. Containing Addenda on the various

breeds of Canaries. By THOMAS ANDREWS. Coloured Frontispiece.
*Canaries. How to Breed, Rear, and Keep them in Health. With pictures of

nineteen varieties, and chapter on Mules. By KARL Buss.
tParrots, Cockatoos, &e. By CAPTAIN BROWN. Forty Illustrations, by

JOSEPH P. KIDD.
tCage Birds. By BECHSTEIN (including Parrots). Fifty-six Illustrations. Edited

by H. G. ADAMS.
t Rabbit Keeper's Guide. How best to Bear, Feed, and Keep the several kinds

of Rabbits.
*Pigeons. Their Varieties, Treatment, Breeding, and Diseases. By EDWARD

BROWN, F.L.S. Illustrated by LTTDLOW.
^Poultry. Their Varieties, Breeding, and Diseases. By EDWARD BROWN, F.L.S.

Twenty-four Illustrations by LUDLOW.

Sheep. Their Varieties, Points, and Characteristics. BY JOSEPH DARBY.
Cookery Made Easy. By a Lady. With Coloured Plates. 24th Edition.
Confectionery, Pastry, Preserving Sweets, &e. By GEORGE REID.
*Card Tricks and Conjuring Up-to-Date. By HERCAT.
Fireworks and Chemical Surprises. By CHARLES GILBERT.

Crown 8vo. Illustrated. * Bound in Illustrated stij? varnished paper, covers, t Sound
in Illustrated stiff paper covers, % Cloth bound, gilt lettering.

LONDON: DEAN & SON, LIMITED, 160a, FLEET ST., E.C.

Entirely New Edition— Now Ready,

Showing the Very Latest Changes*

JOHNSTON'S

" MODERN " LIBRARY MAP of ENGLAND & WALES,

SIZE 68in. by 54 in.

On Cloth, Mahogany Rollers, bound with Silk up the sides, and Var-
nished, price £1 7s. 6d. ; on Cloth, Stained Wood Rollers, and
Varnished, price 4>1 Is. ; also in 4 Sheets, size 35in. by 29|in., each
price 2s. per sheet in Cloth Case; or 3s. 6d. per sheet on Cloth to
fold, and in Cloth Case.

Also Third Edition,

W. & A. K. JOHNSTON'S

RAILWAY & CANAL MAP OF ENGLAND & WALES,

Showing each Railway System in a particular colour and marking. Size,
50in. by 42in. Price, in two sheets, 7s. 6(1. ; on Cloth, Rollers,
.and Varnished, 10s. ; on Cloth to fold in Titled Cloth Case, 10s.

W. & A. K. JOHNSTON,

Edina Works, Easter Road, and 7, Hanover Street,
EDINBURGH ;

5, White Hart Street, Warwick Lane, London, E.G.

DOC SOAP

MADE BY

SPRATT'S
PATENT

LIMITED.

A NON-POISONOUS PREPARATION.

Invaluable for Preparing the Coat for Exhibition.

SOLD IN TABLETS.

DOG MEDICINES.

Alterative Cooling Powders

Aperient Tasteless Biscuits

Chronic Skin Disease Cure

Cough Pills

Chemical Food

Chorea Pills (St. Vitus' Dance)

Diarrhoea Mixture

Distemper Powders

Distemper Pills

Disinfectant for Kennels

Ear Canker Lotion

Eczema Lotion

Eye Lotion

Hair Stimulant

Jaundice or " Yellows " Pills

Locurium Oil (Patent) for Animal
Use

Locurium Oil (Patent) for
Human Use (including Govern-
ment Stamp)

Mange Lotion

Purging Pills

Rheumatic and Sprain Liniment

Eheumatic and Chest Founder Pills

Tonic Condition Pills

Vegetable Puppy Vermifuge

Worm Powders

Worm Pills

YOUR TRADESMAN OR STORES WILL SUPPLY YOU.

Spratt's Patent Limited, Bermondsey, London, S,E,

PAMPHLET ON CANINE DISEASES, POST FREE.

RETURN ENTOMOLOGY LIBRARY

TO— ^ 210 Wellman Hall 642-2030

LOAN PERIOD 1

14 DAYS

2

3

4

5

6

ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS

DUE AS STAMPED BELOW

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY
FORM NO. DD 1 2, 2.5m, 1 1 778 BERKELEY, CA 94720

" ' fS\r

II r BERKELEY LIBRARIE

••III

CD3t,OS4H75